Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller Technical Guide

PDF

ஆவணம்

விளம்பரம்

www.orioncontrols.com
VCM-X E-BUS Component &amp;
System Wiring Technical Guide
Use For VCM-X E-BUS Controller Code: SS1030 and later
For VCM Wiring Information, See Component &amp; System Wiring
Technical Guide - Form: OR-VCMWIRE-TGD
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
www.aaon.com
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
www.orioncontrols.com
AAON No.:
V07150
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
LED BLINK CODES
LED NAME
STATUS1
STATUS2
AI1
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI2
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
MODULE ALARM
4
2
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
MECH COOL FAIL
1
3
AI3
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
PUSH BUTTON OVR
1
5
AI7
ZONE OVR
2
5
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
0
6
NORMAL OPERATION
0
SAT FAIL
1
OAT FAIL
2
2
SPC FAIL
3
2
MECH HEAT FAIL
2
3
FAN PROOF FAIL
3
3
DIRTY FILTER
4
3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5
3
LOW SAT
1
4
HIGH SAT
2
4
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
3
4
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
1
2
WattMaster Label
#LB102073-01-A
Rev.: 1A
4
4
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
2
IC
EXPANSION
2
I C DIGITAL
SENSOR
Table of Contents
SYSTEM OVERVIEW, INSTALLATION &amp; COMMISSIONING ...............................................................5
Systems Overview .................................................................................................................................................. 6
System Installation .................................................................................................................................................. 8
Transformer Sizing &amp; Cabling - Devices Without Modular Connectors ............................................................ 9
Transformer &amp; Wire Sizing - Devices With Modular Connectors .................................................................... 10
System Commissioning ....................................................................................................................................... 20
SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ............................................................................................................21
Stand Alone System Wiring .................................................................................................................................. 22
Interconnected System Wiring .............................................................................................................................. 23
Networked Single Loop System With CommLink Only ......................................................................................... 24
Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD &amp; Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ........................................... 25
Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ................................... 26
Networked Single Loop System With CommLink, MiniLink PD &amp; Modular VAV/Zone Controllers........................ 27
Networked Single Loop System With CommLink, MiniLink PD &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ................ 28
Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ..................................................... 29
Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers ............................................. 30
VCM-X E-BUS CONTROLLER WIRING .............................................................................................31
Main Controller Wiring .......................................................................................................................................... 32
Main Controller Addressing ................................................................................................................................... 33
Digital Room Sensor Wiring .................................................................................................................................. 34
Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring ......................................................................................................................... 34
Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring ........................................................................................................................ 35
Space Temperature Sensor Wiring ....................................................................................................................... 36
Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring ........................................................................................................................... 36
Supply Air, Return Air, and Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring .................................................................... 37
Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring .................................................................................................................... 38
Supply Fan VFD &amp; Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring ............................................................................................ 39
VCM-X EXPANSION, 4 BINARY INPUT, &amp; 12 RELAY EXPANSION MODULE WIRING .....................41
VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring................................................................................................................ 42
VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring ............................................................................................................. 43
Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor Wiring........................................................................ 44
Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor Wiring ............................................................................. 45
Expansion Module Binary Input Wiring ................................................................................................................. 46
4 Binary Input Expansion Module Wiring .............................................................................................................. 47
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring ..................................................................................................................... 48
WattMaster Controls Inc.
8500 NW River Park Drive &middot; Parkville , MO 64152
Toll Free Phone: 866-918-1100
PH: (816) 505-1100 &middot; FAX: (816) 505-1101 &middot; E-mail: [email protected]
Visit our web site at www.orioncontrols.com
Form: OR-VCMXWIRE-TGD-01B Copyright June 2015 WattMaster Controls, Inc.
AAON is a registered trademark of AAON, Inc., Tulsa, OK.
WattMaster Controls, Inc. assumes no responsibility for errors, or omissions.
This document is subject to change without notice.
2
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Table of Contents
Indoor Wall Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring ...................................................................................................... 49
Return Air Humidity Sensor Wiring ....................................................................................................................... 50
Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring .................................................................................................... 51
Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator &amp; VFD Wiring................................................................................................ 52
Modulating Heating Wiring .................................................................................................................................... 53
Modulating Cooling Wiring .................................................................................................................................... 54
Return Air Bypass Wiring ...................................................................................................................................... 55
12 Relay Expansion Module Wiring ...................................................................................................................... 56
Airflow Monitoring Station Wiring .......................................................................................................................... 57
MODULAR &amp; NON-MODULAR VAV/ZONE CONTROLLER DIAGRAMS ..............................................59
Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring ....................................................................................... 60
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring ............................................................................... 61
Expansion Module Wiring ..................................................................................................................................... 62
Slaved Zone Wiring ............................................................................................................................................... 68
COMMUNICATION DEVICES DIAGRAMS ........................................................................................69
System Manager SD Modular Cable Connections ............................................................................................... 70
System Manager SD Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail ................................................................................................ 71
System Manager SD Networked Wiring ............................................................................................................... 72
Modular Service SD Tool Connections.................................................................................................................. 73
System Manager Touch Screen II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring................................................................. 74
System Manager Touch Screen II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring ........................................................................ 75
CommLink 5 Connections &amp; Wiring ...................................................................................................................... 76
IP Module Installation Instructions ........................................................................................................................ 77
On-Site Computer Connection .............................................................................................................................. 78
Remote Site Computer Connection ...................................................................................................................... 79
USB-Link 2 Connections &amp; Wiring ........................................................................................................................ 80
MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors .................................................................................. 81
MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals ........................................................................................... 82
Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Local Loop Devices...................................................................... 83
Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Network Loop Devices ................................................................. 84
ADD-ON DEVICES DIAGRAMS .........................................................................................................85
Lighting Panel Wiring For Standard Lighting Contactors ...................................................................................... 86
GPC-X Controller Wiring ....................................................................................................................................... 87
GPC-X Controller - Address Switch Setting .......................................................................................................... 88
GPC-XP Controller Wiring..................................................................................................................................... 89
GPC-XP Controller Addressing &amp; Baud Rate Setting ........................................................................................... 90
GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink 5 Setting .............................................................................................. 91
GBD-X Controller - CO2 Applications Wiring ......................................................................................................... 92
GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring ................................................................................. 94
GBD-X Controller Address Switch Setting ............................................................................................................ 96
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
3
Table of Contents
MODULE WIRING &amp; CONNECTIONS ...............................................................................................97
HP1C Module Wiring ............................................................................................................................................ 98
HP2C2 Module Wiring .......................................................................................................................................... 99
Full Digital Module Wiring ................................................................................................................................... 100
Dual Digital Module Wiring .................................................................................................................................. 101
MODGAS-X Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve - No Staging .............................................................. 102
MODGAS-X Controller Wiring - Two Modulating Staged Valves ........................................................................ 103
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve - No Staging ........................................................ 104
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Single Modulating Valve &amp; 1 Fixed Stage................................................... 105
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring - Two Modulating Staged Valves .................................................................. 106
MHGRV-X Controller Wiring................................................................................................................................ 107
WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring - Single Circuit ....................................................................................................... 108
WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring - Dual Circuit .......................................................................................................... 109
PREHEAT-X Controller Wiring ............................................................................................................................ 110
MODGAS II Controller Wiring ..............................................................................................................................111
MHGRV II Controller Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 112
MHGRV III Controller Wiring ............................................................................................................................... 113
MISCELLANEOUS DIAGRAMS &amp; TECHNICAL INFORMATION .......................................................115
Modular Room Sensor Wiring ............................................................................................................................. 116
EPROM Chip Locations ...................................................................................................................................... 117
EPROM Chip Installation Procedures ................................................................................................................. 120
Updating Modules with the Service Tool SD ....................................................................................................... 121
Temperature &amp; Humidity Sensor Voltage-Resistance Tables .............................................................................. 123
Pressure Sensors Voltage-Resistance Tables .................................................................................................... 124
Suction Pressure Transducer Testing ................................................................................................................. 125
4
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Systems Overview
System Overview,
Installation &amp;
Commissioning
VCM-X Component &amp; System Wiring
5
Systems Overview
System Types
Overview
The Orion system components can be configured into several types
of systems. It is a good idea to become familiar with the different
types of systems and their architecture by reading the information in
this section and looking at the configuration diagrams in the System
Configurations section of this manual. The information below is designed to help you understand how the system components integrate
with each other and the available configuration options.
System Types
Interconnected
This system consists of a group of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers
interconnected with communication cable to allow programming
from one central location. Broadcasting between controllers is not
available. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by
one or more of the following methods.
1.
2.
Four different system configurations are available depending on
the type and number of controllers that you have on your system.
1.
Stand Alone
By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular
System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular
Service Tool, or all 3 devices.
A computer interface can also be used in conjunction
with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by
itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2 and a
personal computer with the Prism 2 computer front end
software installed.
(See Figure 3, page 22 for Connection Diagram)
2.
Interconnected
(See Figure 4, page 23 for Connection Diagram)
3.
Networked Single Loop
(See Figures 5-9, pages 24-28 for Connection
Diagrams)
4.
Networked Multiple Loop
Networked Single Loop
The Networked Single Loop system, as its name implies, consists of
a single communications loop. This loop utilizes a network device to
share information that is broadcast from one controller to all controllers on the loop. The system can consist of the following devices.
1.
A series of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers that utilizes
a network device to share information that is broadcast
from one controller to all controllers on the loop.
2.
A single VCM-X E-BUS Controller and a series of VAV/
Zone Controllers. These VAV/Zone Controllers can
either be of the Modular type or Non-modular type.
The Modular type use Power/Comm Boards and
prefabricated cables and the Non-Modular type utilize
terminals and 2 conductor twisted pair with shield wire.
A network device is used to share information which is
broadcast back and forth between all controllers on the
loop.
(See Figures 10-11, pages 29-30 for Connection
Diagrams)
5.
Computer, CommLink 5, IP Module, USB-Link 2
(See Figures 54-58, pages 76-80 for Connection
Diagrams)
System Type Definitions
Stand Alone
This system consists of a single VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by one or more
of the following methods.
1.
2.
By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular
System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular
Service Tool, or all 3 devices.
A computer interface can also be used in conjunction
with the other operator interfaces listed above, or
by itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2
and a personal computer with the Prism 2 computer
front end software installed.
These systems require a network device in the form of either a
CommLink 5 communications interface or a MiniLink Polling Device. Both network devices may also be used together. Programming
and status monitoring are accomplished by the following methods:
1.
2.
By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular
System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular
Service Tool, or all 3 devices.
A computer interface can also be used in conjunction
with the other operator interfaces listed above, or
by itself. This requires a CommLink 5 or USB-Link 2
and a personal computer with the Prism 2 computer
front end software installed.
When using the MiniLink Polling Device alone, only the System
Manager, System Manager TS II, and Modular Service Tool can be
used to program and monitor the system. With the addition of the
CommLink 5, the Prism 2 computer front end software and a PC
can be used to program and monitor the system in addition to the
Modular Service Tool, Modular System Manager, and the System
Manager TS II.
6
VCM-X Component &amp; System Wiring
Systems Overview
Communication Devices
Networked Multiple Loop
The Networked Multiple Loop System consists of two or more loops,
each being called a “Local Loop”, with one “Network Loop” that
ties the “Local Loops” together. Each of these loops can consist of
one of the following groups of controllers:
1.
A series of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers.
2.
A single VCM-X E-BUS Controller and a series of VAV/
Zone Controllers. These VAV/Zone Controllers can
either be of the Modular type or Non-modular type.
The Modular type use Power/Comm Boards and
prefabricated cables and the Non-Modular type utilize
terminals and 2 conductor twisted pair with shield wire.
A network device is used to share information which is
broadcast back and forth between all controllers on the
loop.
To form the Networked Multiple Loop System, the following network
devices are required:
1.
2.
A MiniLink Polling Device is required per loop
(Local Loop). This allows the controllers to share
information that is broadcast from one controller to all
controllers on that local loop.
One CommLink 5 is required for the entire system.
It resides on the Network Loop and allows for
communications between all the local loops and
provides for global broadcasts to all controllers on the
entire system.
Programming and status monitoring are accomplished by one or
more of the following methods:
1.
2.
By using an operator interface. This can be a Modular
System Manager, a System Manager TS II, a Modular
Service Tool, or all 3 devices. The Modular System
Manager, System Manager TS II, or Modular Service
Tool connect to any “Local Loop” on the system.
A computer interface can also be used in conjunction
with the other operator interfaces listed above, or by
itself. This requires a personal computer with the Prism
II computer front end software installed connected to
the CommLink 5.
Network Communications Devices
MiniLink Polling Device
The MiniLink Polling device is used in the following applications:
1.
This device is required on all Zoning applications. It is
optional on single loop VAV systems.
2.
This device is required on each local loop of all
Networked Multiple Loop systems.
3.
This device is responsible for local loop broadcasts only.
It always resides on the local loop.
VCM-X Component &amp; System Wiring
For a Networked Single Loop VCM-X E-BUS system, this device
can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II. It can be used to broadcast
information such as outside air temperature or outside air humidity
to all devices on the local loop. It can also be used to broadcast space
temperature from a GPC-X or GPC-XP Controller to any controllers
on this loop that do not have their own Space Temperature Sensor.
For a Networked Single Loop VAV system, the MiniLink Polling
Device can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a
Modular System Manager or System Manager TS II. It must be used
to broadcast information such as, internal schedule, supply air temperature, fan and heat status, unoccupied calls for heating and cooling
from the VAV/Zone Controllers, and forced modes of operation.
For a Networked Single Loop Zoning system, this device must be
used for zone voting, because it calculates the heating and cooling
totals on the loop and broadcasts cooling, venting, and heating
modes to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller. It can also be used for
tenant logging and alarm reporting to the Modular System Manager
or System Manager TS II.
CommLink 5
The CommLink 5 device is used in the following applications.
1.
A CommLink 5 is required on all Networked Multiple
Loop Systems.
2.
A CommLink 5 is optional on all Networked Single
Loop Systems.
3.
A CommLink 5 is required on any system when a
permanent computer interface is desired. The USB-Link
2 can be used for temporary computer connection for
setting up or servicing the system, but does not have the
complete functionality that the CommLink 5 provides.
The CommLink 5 is responsible for local loop broadcasts on a Networked Single Loop system, and on this type of system, the Loop
switch on the back of the CommLink must be set to “Single.” This
device is responsible for network broadcasts on Networked Multiple
Loop systems. On this type of system, the Loop switch on the back
of the CommLink must be set to “Multiple.”
For a Networked Single Loop VCM-X E-BUS system, this device
can be used for tenant logging and alarm reporting to a Modular
System Manager or System Manager TS II. It can also be used to
broadcast information like outside air temperature or outside air humidity to all local loops on the entire networked system. It may also
be used to broadcast space temperature from a GPC-X or GPC-XP
Controller to any controllers on the local loop that do not contain
their own Space Temperature Sensor.
On a Networked Single Loop VAV/Zone system, the CommLink
5 can be used to broadcast information such as internal schedule,
supply air temperature, fan and heat status, unoccupied calls for
heating and cooling, and forced modes of operation to and from the
VAV/Zone Controllers.
7
System Installation
Wiring Considerations
Wiring Considerations
Power/Comm Board Requirements
Before beginning installation, please study the wiring diagrams
for the controllers you are using with your particular application.
These diagrams appear in this manual and can also be found in the
technical guides supplied with your specific controllers. Wire and
transformer sizing instructions and examples are found in Figures
1 &amp; 2, pages 9-10 of this manual.
Standard Connection Configurations and Use
The Modular VAV/Zone Controllers are equipped with modular connections. Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers have wiring terminals
instead of modular connectors. The VCM-X E-BUS Controller
is supplied with modular connectors. The Power/Comm board is
supplied with both terminals and a modular connector on the input
side. All of its outputs use modular connectors. The Minlink Polling
Device is equipped with both modular and wiring terminal blocks.
We recommend (when possible) using modular cables instead of hard
wiring to wire terminal blocks to save installation time and eliminate
wiring errors. In some cases, however, hard wiring is unavoidable.
The table below lists the various Orion devices/controllers and their
available termination type(s) for communications and power wiring.
Communications And Power Wiring
Terminations For Orion Products
Available Power And Communications
Connections
Orion
Controller Or
Device
VCM-X E-BUS
Modular
Connectors
Only
Wire
Terminals
Only
Both
Modular
Connectors
And Wire
Terminals
X
VAV/Zone
•
X
Power/Comm
Board
X
MiniLink PD
X
CommLink 5
*Modular System
Manager
X
X
GPC-X
X
Lighting
Controller
The Power/Comm board must always be powered by its own dedicated 24 VAC transformer connected to its 2-wire, 24 VAC input
terminals (TB1).
Local Loop communications can be transferred to the Power/Comm
Board via a modular cable connected to its “Comm In” modular
connector input terminal (P2). This modular cable connection can
originate from the “Local Loop” modular connector of the MiniLink PD for this loop, another Power/Comm board output on the
same loop, or a Modular VAV/Zone Controller or Modular System
Manager output on the same loop. A Power/Comm board can also
be connected if desired to the “Local Loop” by hard wiring a 2-wire
shielded cable connected between its 3-wire communications input
terminal (TB1) and a Power/Comm board, or the MiniLink PD
“Local Loop”, 3-wire communications terminal.
For detailed wiring diagrams, see the Power/Comm board wiring
diagrams in the “Communication Devices Diagrams” section of this
manual. For Power/Comm board transformer sizing, see Figures 1
&amp; 2, pages 9-10 of this manual.
Alternative Connection Configuration and Use
If desired, the Power/Comm board can also be used to transfer both
24 VAC power and “Network Loop” communications to multiple
MiniLink PDs. Connection between the MiniLink PD(s) and Power/
Comm board(s) is accomplished by using modular cables between
the Power/Comm board’s modular output connectors and the MiniLink PD(s)’s “Network Loop” modular input connectors. When a
Power/Comm board is used to connect power and communications
to MiniLink PDs in this manner, that particular Power/Comm board
cannot also be used to share communications and/or power with
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers or Modular System Manager(s).
X
System Manager
TS II
GPC-XP
Power/Comm boards are typically used on Networked, Single, and
Multiple Loop systems to transfer 24 VAC power and “Local Loop”
communications to Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, Modular System
Managers, or other Power/Comm boards.
X
X
* The System Manager is supplied with a pigtail connector that has a
modular plug on one end and stripped wires on the other end. The pigtail is
used to allow wiring connection to the HVAC unit controller wire terminals
and to a 24 VAC power transformer on systems that do not use Power/
Comm boards.
Warning: Do not ground the 24 VAC transformer that
is to be used with the Power/Comm board. Grounding of
the transformer will damage the Power/Comm board and
all boards connected to it. A separate transformer must be
used for each Power/Comm board. No exceptions. Do not
connect any other devices to the transformer used for the
Power/Comm board!
For detailed wiring diagrams, see the Power/Comm board wiring
diagrams in the “Communication Devices Diagrams” section of
this manual.
For Power/Comm board transformer sizing, see Figures 1 &amp; 2,
pages 9-10 of this manual.
Table 1: Communications and Power Terminations
8
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Transformer Sizing &amp; Wiring For Devices W/Out Modular Connectors
24 VAC Power - Transformer &amp; Wire Sizing Considerations for Devices Without Modular Connectors
Some installers like to use one large 24 VAC transformer to power several devices. This is allowable as long as polarity is maintained to each device
on the transformer circuit. Warning: If polarity is not maintained, severe damage to the devices may result. WattMaster Controls recommends
using a separate transformer for each device in order to eliminate the potential for damaging controllers due to incorrect polarity. Using
separate transformers also allows redundancy in case of a transformer failure. Instead of having 8 controllers inoperative because of a malfunctioning
transformer you have only 1 controller off line. If the installer does decide to use a large transformer to supply power to several devices, the following
transformer and wire sizing information is presented to help the installer correctly supply 24 VAC power to the devices.
Following is a typical example to help the installer to correctly evaluate transformer and wiring designs.
Each GPC-XP Controller requires 8 VA @ 24VAC power. In the examples below we have a total of 8 GPC-XP Controllers.
8 GPC-XP Controllers @ 8 VA each................ 8 x 8 VA = 64 VA.
The above calculation determines that our transformer will need to be sized for a minimum of 64 VA if we are to use one transformer to power all the
controllers.
Next we must determine the maximum length of run allowable for the wire gauge we wish to use in the installation. Each wire gauge below has a
voltage drop per foot value we use to calculate total voltage drop.
18ga wire.................................0.00054 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire
16ga wire.................................0.00034 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire
14ga wire.................................0.00021 = voltage drop per 1’ length of wire
For our example we will use 18 gauge wire. WattMaster recommends 18 gauge as a minimum wire size for all power wiring.
Next use the voltage drop per foot value for 18 gauge wire from the list above and multiply by the total VA load of the 8 controllers to be installed.
0.00054 (Voltage drop per foot for 18 gauge wire) x 64VA controller load = 0.0346 Volts/Ft.
WattMaster controllers will operate efficiently with a voltage drop no greater than 2 Volts. Divide the total allowable voltage drop of 2 Volts by the
number you arrived at above and you have the maximum number of feet you can run the 18 gauge wire with an 75 VA transformer with no more than a
2 Volt drop at the farthest controller from the transformer..
2 (Volts total allowable voltage drop)
=
57.80 feet
0.0346 (Voltage drop per 1 ft. @ 64VA load)
Parallel circuiting of the wiring instead of wiring all 8 controllers in series allows for longer wire runs to be used with the same size wire (as shown in
our examples below). It is often necessary for the installer to calculate and weigh the cost and installation advantages and disadvantages of wire size,
transformer size, multiple transformers, circuiting, etc., when laying out an installation. No matter what layout scheme is decided upon, it is mandatory
that the farthest controller on the circuit is supplied with a minimum of 22 Volts.
B
B
C
B
C
D
E
A
120 / 24VAC
A
120 / 24VAC
A
Distance A to B cannot exceed 57.80 Ft.
Distance from A
Distance from A
Distance from A
Distance from A
120 / 24VAC
Distance from A to B cannot exceed 115.60 Ft.
Distance from A to C cannot exceed 115.60 Ft.
JOB NAME
Component Power Requirements
VCM-X E-BUS Controller ................8 VA
VAV/Zone Controller.........................6 VA
GPC-X Controller ............................8 VA
GPC-XP Controller ..........................8 VA
Lighting Panel Controller .....10 VA
MiniLink Polling Device..........6 VA
to B cannot exceed 230.40 Ft.
to C cannot exceed 230.40 Ft.
to D cannot exceed 230.40 Ft.
to E cannot exceed 230.40 Ft.
FILENAME
O-VCMXWRSIZ1A.CDR
DATE: 01/07/13
PAGE
1 of 2
DESCRIPTION:
Orion VCM-X System
Wire &amp; Transformer Sizing
Figure 1: Transformer &amp; Wire Sizing - Devices without Modular Connectors
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
9
System Installation
Transformer Sizing &amp; Cabling For Devices With Modular Connectors
24VAC Power - Transformer &amp; Cabling Considerations for Devices With Modular Connectors
Modular devices include the VAV/Zone Controller, Modular
System Manager &amp; MiniLink Polling Device. When sizing
transformers for the devices it is important to design your
layout so that the fewest number of Power/Comm distribution
boards and the least number of transformers can be used.
The polarity problem discussed in regards to other devices
that do not have modular connections is not an issue with the
modular devices as they cannot be connected with reversed
polarity because of the modular board connectors and cable.
Also the prefabricated cable is always 16 gauge. Wire size
selection is therefore not an issue with the modular devices.
However, the same minimum voltage rules apply to modular
devices as with other non-modular devices. In order to
simplify wiring design and layout with modular devices the
following rules apply:
Power/Comm Board maximum transformer size = 100VA.
This is due to the board circuitry and fusing. Each modular
device is to be calculated at 6VA. This allows for a maximum
of 16 devices per Power/Commboard. If more than 16
devices are required, multiple Power/Comm boards must be
used.
No more than 6 modular devices allowed per branch circuit.
(The Power/Comm board has a total of 4 branch circuits)
The longest total run per branch circuit is 240 Ft. This is due
to voltage drop on the prefabricated cable.
Below are some examples of transformer sizing and branch
circuit design.
6 Devices Maximum Per Branch Circuit
13 Devices At 6 VA = 78 VA
Use 80 VA Transformer
16 Devices At 6 VA = 96 VA
Use 100 VA Transformer
Power/Comm
Board
Power/Comm
Board
120 / 24VAC
100 VA
Transformer
Minimum
See Warning
Note Below
120 / 24VAC
80 VA
Transformer
Minimum
See Warning
Note Below
A
A
Total length of all modular cables used on each branch ( A to B) cannot exceed 240 Ft.
6 Devices Maximum Per Branch Circuit
12 Devices At 6 VA = 72 VA
Use 75 VA Transformer
6 Devices At 6 VA = 36 VA
Use 40 VA Transformer
Power/Comm
Board
Power/Comm
Board
120 / 24VAC
75 VA
Transformer
Minimum
See Warning
Note Below
A
120 / 24VAC
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
See Warning
Note Below
A
Total length of all modular cables used on each branch ( A to B) cannot exceed 240 Ft.
JOB NAME
WARNING!
DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER THAT IS TO BE USED
WITH THE POWER/COMM BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE
TRANSFORMER WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD AND
ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A SEPARATE TRANSFORMER
MUST BE USED FOR EACH POWER/COMMBOARD. NO
EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER DEVICES TO THE
TRANSFORMER USED FOR THE POWER/COMM BOARD!
FILENAME
O-VCMXWRSIZ1A.CDR
DATE: 03/09/06
PAGE
2 of 2
DRAWN BY:
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
Orion VCM-X System
Wire &amp; Transformer Sizing
Figure 2: Transformer &amp; Wire Sizing - Devices with Modular Connectors
10
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Stand-Alone
MiniLink Polling Device (MiniLink PD)
2.
The Modular Service Tool SD connects to the controllers
using the supplied cable with DIN connectors on both
ends. The connection point on the controller is located
near the communications connector. The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed Stand
Alone.
3.
The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with
a 12 foot modular cable with a modular connector on
one end and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular
System Manager is to be mounted in a remote location,
run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications from the controller’s 3 wire
communications terminal to a junction box. Run 18
gauge minimum, 2-wire, power wires from a separate
24 VAC, 6 VA minimum transformer into the
junction box. Splice the modular cable to the
communications and power wire inside of the junction
box by making solid connections, using wire nuts or butt
splice connectors. The Communications setting must be
set to Lo Speed Stand Alone.
4.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3-wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. A separate transformer
is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2-wire
24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC
transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide
6 VA minimum power and should be connected using
using 18 gauge minimum 2 conductor wire. In the
Settings Menu, enter &lt;0&gt; for the System Manager
Address.
5.
If a CommLink 5 is used for a computer interface,
connect communications using 18 gauge, 2 conductor
with shield cable. Connect from the controller’s 3-wire
communications connector to the CommLink’s 3-wire
communications connector. For this type of system, the
Loop switch located on the back of the CommLink 5
must be set to “Single”.
6.
Use 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire cable for all 24 VAC
power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
If a CommLink is connected, use the 110 VAC/24 VAC
power supply furnished with the CommLink for its
power source.
7.
Before powering up the controller, set the desired board
address on the controller (usually 1).
Standard Connection Configurations and Use
The MiniLink PD is used on Networked Single and Multiple Loop
systems to provide two-way communication between all devices on
it’s “Local Loop” and to all the other “Network Loop” devices on
the entire system. The MiniLink PD is equipped with both modular
connectors and hard wiring terminal blocks for connection of 24
VAC power “Local Loop” and “Network Loop” communications.
Each MiniLink PD is normally hard wired to a 24 VAC power
source connected to its 24 VAC input terminal (TB1). “Network
Loop” communications are transferred between multiple MiniLink
PDs by modular cables connected to their “Network Loop” modular connectors (P3 and P5). A CommLink 5 must be connected to
one of the MiniLink PDs on the system by using a 2-wire shielded
cable connected between its 3-wire “Network Loop” communications terminal block (TB4) and to the CommLink’s “485 Loop”
terminal block. Transfer of “Local Loop” communication from the
MiniLink PD to a Power/Comm board is made by using a modular
cable connected between the MiniLink PD “Local Loop” modular
connector (P4) and the Power/Comm board modular “Comm In”
connector (P2). If desired as an alternative, transfer of “Local Loop”
communication from the MiniLink PD to a Power/Comm board can
be made by hard wiring a 2-wire shielded cable connected between
the MiniLink PD’s 3-wire communications terminal (TB1) and the
3-wire communications input (TB1) on the Power/Comm board.
Installation Procedures
The installation procedures that follow are based on recommended
methods of wiring connection and controller installation. Installation
procedures vary depending on the type of system you are installing.
The system you are installing could be a Stand Alone, Interconnected,
Networked Single Loop, or Networked Multiple Loop system. The
Networked System also has installation variations based on the type
of components you are installing for that system. The following
information explains the procedures for all of these systems. Please
find the system and components that closely match your system and
follow the outlined procedures.
Stand Alone Systems
See Figure 3, page 22 of this manual for a detailed Stand Alone
System wiring diagram. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer
sizing information. You should review these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.
1. Install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire from transformer
to the controller using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor
cable for power. Observe polarity on all power wiring.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
11
System Installation
Interconnected &amp; Networked Single Loop
Interconnected Systems
6.
Use 18 gauge minimum, 2-wire cable for all 24 VAC
power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
If a CommLink 5 is installed, use the 110 VAC/24 VAC
power supply furnished with the CommLink for its
power source.
7.
Before powering up the controllers, set each controller’s
board address to a unique number from 1 through 60.
See Figure 4, page 23 for a detailed Interconnected System wiring diagram. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing
information. You should review these diagrams before attempting
connections or powering up the controller or interface devices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
12
Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers in a daisy chain
format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA
minimum transformer for each VCM-X E-BUS
Controller and wire the transformers to each
controller using 18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor cable.
Observe polarity on all boards.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of
the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN
connectors on both ends. The connection point on the
controller is located near the communications connector.
The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Stand Alone.
The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with
a 12 foot modular cable with a modular connector on
one end and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular
System Manager is to be mounted in a remote location,
run 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications from the controller’s 3-wire
communications terminal to a junction box. Run 18
gauge minimum, 2-wire power wires from a separate
24 VAC, 6 VA minimum transformer into the junction
box. Splice the modular cable to the communications
and power wire inside of the junction box by making
solid connections, using wire nuts or butt splice
connectors. The Communications setting must be set
to Lo Speed Stand Alone. .
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3-wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. A separate transformer
is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2-wire
24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC
transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide
6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18
gauge minimum 2 conductor wire. In the Settings Menu,
enter &lt;0&gt; for the System Manager Address and make
sure One to One Unit Connection is not selected.
If a CommLink 5 is used to provide for connection to a
computer interface, connect communications using 18
gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable. Connect from one
of the controller’s 3-wire communications connectors
to the CommLink’s 3-wire communications connector.
For this type of system, the Loop switch on the back of
the CommLink needs to be set to “Single”.
Networked Single Loop Systems
See Figures 5-9, pages 24-28 for detailed Networked Single Loop
System wiring diagrams. Also see pages 9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. You should review these diagrams before
attempting connections or powering up the controller or interface
devices.
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers Only
(Using CommLink 5)
1.
Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers on the loop in a
daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded
cable wiring from each controller’s communication
terminals to the next controller’s communication
terminals. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum
transformer for each controller and wire from controllers
to the transformers using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable. Be sure to observe polarity on all boards.
2.
Connect 18 gauge minimum 2 conductor shielded cable
from one of the VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire
communication terminals to the CommLink5’s 3 wire
communications terminal. The Loop switch on the
back of the CommLink must be set to “Single” for this
installation. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply
furnished with the CommLink for its power source.
3.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controller
is located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
4.
The Modular System Manager SD comes supplied with
a 12 foot long modular cable with a modular connector
on one end and stripped wires on the other. If the System
Manager is to be mounted in a remote location, run 18
gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications
from one of the controller’s 3 wire communications
terminals to a junction box. Run 18 gauge, 2 wire, 24
VAC power wires supplied by a separate transformer
into the junction box. Splice modular cable to the
communications and power wire inside of the junction
box using solid connections from wire nuts or buttsplice connectors. The Modular System Manager MUST
always be connected on the “Local Loop”, never the
“Network Loop”. The Communications setting must be
set to Lo Speed Network Mode.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Networked Single Loop
5.
6.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. A separate transformer
is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2
wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC
transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide
6 VA minimum power and should be connected using
18 gauge minimum, 2 conductor wire. In the Settings
Menu, enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager Address.
6.
The Modular System Manager SD can connect to any
VAV/Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/
Comm board’s modular output connectors. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
7.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. Since you are using
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular
pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one
end and stripped wires on the other to connect the
System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or
one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager
TS II. It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block
for connection to a 24 VAC transformer. The
transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum
power and should be connected using 18 gauge
minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt; for the
System Manager Address.
8.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.
Before powering up the controllers, set each controller’s
board address to a unique number from 1 through 59.
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular
VAV/Zone Controllers and MiniLink PD Only
1.
Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format
using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum,
transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and
wire from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable
for power, install a separate 24 VAC transformer sized
for the required VA load for each Power/Comm board on
the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/
Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.
2.
Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector
to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable for all power wiring and be sure to maintain
polarity on all boards.
3.
Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’s
modular connector marked “Local Loop” to a
Power/Comm board’s modular input connector.
4.
Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm
board’s modular output connectors to the Modular VAV/
Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect
together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone
Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/
Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers
are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more
than 16 VAV/Zone Controllers, you will need multiple
Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must
have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total
number of VAV/Zone Controllers connected to it.
5.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN
connectors on both ends. The connection point on the
controller is located near the communications connector.
The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Note: Only communications, not power, are transferred
from the MiniLink Polling Device to the Power/
Comm board via the modular cable. A separate
transformer is required for the MiniLink Polling
Device. Both power and communications are
transferred from the Power/Comm board to the
VAV/Zone Controllers and the Modular System
Manager.
Warning:
Each Power/Comm board must have its own
24 VAC transformer for its power source. This
transformer cannot be shared with any other
board. Do not ground the transformer that is
connected to the Power/Comm board. The
transformer should be sized for the required
VA by using the information found on pages
9-10 of this manual.
13
System Installation
Networked Single Loop
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and MiniLink PD Only
1.
2.
3.
14
Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector to
the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Local Loop”. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2
wire cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum,
transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire
from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Also connect a 24 VAC 6 VA minimum transformer
to the MiniLink PD power terminals using 18 gauge
minimum, 2 wire cable. Then wire from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector
or the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked ”Local Loop” to the first VAV/Zone Controller’s
3 wire communications terminals. Using 18 gauge
minimum, 2 wire cable, connect all of the associated
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers in a daisy chain
format using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum,
transformer for each Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller
and wire from each transformer to its VAV/Zone
Controller. WattMaster recommends you use a separate
transformer for each VAV/Zone Controller as stated.
As an alternative, it is allowable to have several NonModular VAV/Zone Controllers share one properly sized
transformer (6 VA per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning:
Polarity must be observed on all of the VAV/Zone
Controllers or damage to the controllers will result. Use
18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for all power wiring
and be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/
Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular
connector for connection to the back of the Modular
System Manager and wire to any controller on the
communications local loop with communication wire
terminals. A separate transformer is required for the
Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires
from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The
transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum
power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo
Speed Network Mode.
4.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. A separate transformer
is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2
wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC
transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide
6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18
gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt;
for the System Manager Address.
5.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular
VAV/Zone Controllers and CommLink 5 Only
1.
Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format
using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum,
transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and
wire from transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable
for power, install a separate 24 VAC, transformer sized
for the required VA load for each Power/Comm board on
the loop and wire from each transformer to its Power/
Comm board. Observe polarity on all boards.
2.
Use 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for all 24 VAC
power wiring. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with
the CommLink for its power source.
3.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to the
Power/Comm board’s or VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3
wire communications input connector. The Loop switch
on the back of the CommLink 5 should be set to
“Single”.
4.
Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm
board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/
Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect
together using modular cables from each VAV/Zone
Controller to the next controller and/or to a Power/
Comm board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers
are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you have more
than 16 VAV/Zone Controllers, you will need multiple
Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm board must
have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for the total
number of VAV/Zone Controllers connected to it.
5.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/
Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/Comm
board’s modular output connectors. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controller
is located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Networked Single Loop
6.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any
of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN
connectors on both ends. The connection point on the
controller is located near the communications connector.
The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
7.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to
any controller on the communications local loop that
has communication wire terminals. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II.
It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to
a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized
to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be
connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the
Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager
Address.
8.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59.
the first VAV/Zone Controller’s 3 wire communications
terminal. Connect all of the associated Non-Modular
VAV/Zone Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18
gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power,
install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum, transformer for each
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller and wire from each
transformer to its VAV/Zone Controller. WattMaster
recommends you use a separate transformer for each
VAV/Zone Controller as stated. As an alternative, it
is allowable to have several Non-Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers share one properly sized transformer (6 VA
per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning: Polarity must be
observed on all of the VAV/Zone Controllers or damage
to the controllers will result. Use 18 gauge minimum,
2 wire cable for all 24 VAC power wiring. Be sure to
maintain polarity on all boards.
3.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/
Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular
connector for connection to the back of the Modular
System Manager and wire to any controller on the
communications local loop with communication wire
terminals. A separate transformer is required for the
Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires
from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The
transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum
power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo
Speed Network Mode.
4.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any
of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN
connectors on both ends. The connection point on the
controller is located near the communications connector.
The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
5.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to
any controller on the communications local loop that
has communication wire terminals. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II.
It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to
a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized
to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be
connected using using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the
Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager
Address.
6.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59.
Note: Both power and communications are transferred
from the Power/Comm board to the VAV/Zone
Controllers and the Modular System Manager. Only
communications are transferred from Power/Comm
board to Power/Comm board.
Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own
24 VAC transformer for its power source. This
transformer cannot be shared with any other
board. Do not ground the transformer that is
connected to the Power/Comm board. The transformer should be sized for the required VA by
using the information found on pages 9-10
of this manual.
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers and CommLink 5 Only
1.
2.
Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector
to the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector.
Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC power supply furnished with
the CommLink for its power source. Be sure to maintain
polarity on all boards. The Loop switch on the back of
the CommLink 5 should be set to “Single”.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install
a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Then wire from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector or
the CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
15
System Installation
Networked Single Loop
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Modular VAV/
Zone Controllers, MiniLink PD, and CommLink 5
1.
2.
16
Connect the CommLink 5 to the MiniLink PD by
using 2 conductor shielded cable to connect from the
CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to
the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Network Loop”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC
power supply furnished with the CommLink for its
power source. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5
should be set to “Multiple”. Also connect a 24 VAC 6
VA minimum transformer to the MiniLink PD power
terminals using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable.
Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format
using 18 gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for
communications. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire
cable for power, install a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum,
transformer for the VCM-X E-BUS Controller and wire
from the transformer to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install
a separate 24 VAC transformer sized for the required
VA load for each Power/Comm Board on the loop and
wire from each transformer to its Power/Comm board.
Observe polarity on all boards.
3.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications
connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications
connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge
minimum wire for power and observe polarity on
all boards.
4.
Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’s
modular connector marked “Local Loop” to a
Power/Comm board’s modular input connector.
5.
Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm
board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/Zone
Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together
using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller
to the next controller and/or to a Power/Comm board. A
maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per
Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/
Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm
boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own
24 VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/
Zone Controllers connected to it.
6.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any
VAV/Zone Controller or directly to one of the Power/
Comm board’s modular output connectors. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
7.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. Since you are using
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular
pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one
end and stripped wires on the other to connect the
System Manger TS II to the Power/Comm board or
one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It
has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a
24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to
provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected
using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu,
enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager Address.
8.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controller
is located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
9.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.
Note: Only communications, not power, is transferred
from the MiniLink Polling Device to the Power/
Comm board via the modular cable. Both power and
communications are transferred from the Power/
Comm board to the VAV/Zone Controllers and the
Modular System Manager.
Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own
24 VAC transformer for its power source.
This transformer cannot be shared with any
other board. Do not ground the transformer
that is connected to the Power/Comm board.
The transformer should be sized for the
required VA by using the information found
on pages 9-10 of this manual.
Loop Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controller with Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, MiniLink PD, and CommLink 5
1.
Connect the CommLink 5 to the MiniLink PD by
using 2 conductor shielded cable to connect from the
CommLink’s 3 wire communications connector to
the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Network Loop”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC
power supply furnished with the CommLink for its
power source. Be sure to maintain polarity on all boards.
The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink 5
should be set to “Multiple”. Also connect a 24 VAC 6
VA minimum transformer to the MiniLink PD power
terminal using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Networked Multiple Loop
2.
3.
4.
5.
Connect all controllers in a daisy chain format using 2
conductor shielded cable to connect from the controller’s
3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s
3 wire communications connector marked “Local Loop”.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install
a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Then wire from the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications connector
to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Local Loop”. From either the MiniLink PD
connector marked “Local Loop” or the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller’s 3 wire communications connector, wire to
the first VAV/Zone Controller’s 3 wire communications
terminal. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable,
connect all of the associated Non-Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers in a daisy chain format using 18 gauge, 2
conductor shielded cable for communications.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power,
install a 24 VAC, 6 VA minimum, transformer for each
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller and wire from each
transformer to its VAV/Zone Controller. WattMaster
recommends you use a separate transformer for each
VAV/Zone Controller as stated. As an alternative, it
is allowable to have several Non-Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers share one properly sized transformer (6 VA
per VAV/Zone Controller). Warning: Polarity must be
observed on all of the VAV/Zone Controllers or damage
to the controllers will result. Use 18 gauge minimum, 2
wire cable for all power wiring and be sure to maintain
polarity on all boards.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any VAV/
Zone Controller or to the VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Use the supplied pigtail cable which has a modular
connector for connection to the back of the Modular
System Manager and wire to any controller on the
communications local loop with communication wire
terminals. A separate transformer is required for the
Modular System Manager. Connect the 2 power wires
from the pigtail connector to a 24 VAC transformer. The
transformer should be sized to provide 6 VA minimum
power. The Communications setting must be set to Lo
Speed Network Mode.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. Since you are using
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular
pigtail connector that has a modular connector on one
end and stripped wires on the other to connect the
System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or
one of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II. It
has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized to
provide 6 VA minimum power and should be connected
using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu,
enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager Address.
6.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controller
is located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
7.
Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address at 1.
Networked Multiple Loop Systems
See Figures 10-11, pages 29-30 of this manual for detailed Networked Multiple Loop System wiring diagrams. Also see pages
9-10 for wire and transformer sizing information. You should review
these diagrams before attempting connections or powering up the
controller or interface devices.
Local Loops containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
1.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install
a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Using 18 gauge minimum, 2
wire cable for power, install a separate 24 VAC,
transformer sized for the required VA load for each
Power/Comm board on the loop and wire from each
transformer to its Power/Comm board. Observe polarity
on all boards.
2.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications
connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications
connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge
minimum wire for power and observe polarity on
all boards.
3.
Using a modular cable, connect from the MiniLink PD’S
modular connector marked “Local Loop” to the Power/
Comm board’s modular input connector.
4.
Using modular cables, connect from the Power/Comm
board’s modular output connectors to the VAV/Zone
Controllers. The VAV/Zone Controllers connect together
using modular cables from each VAV/Zone Controller to
the next controller and/or to a Power/Comm board. A
maximum of 16 VAV/Zone Controllers are allowed per
Power/Comm board. If you have more than 16 VAV/
Zone Controllers, you will need multiple Power/Comm
boards. Each Power/Comm board must have its own 24
VAC transformer sized for the total number of VAV/
Zone Controllers connected to it.
17
System Installation
Networked Multiple Loop
5.
Repeat the above steps for each local loop containing
VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with VAV/Zone Controllers.
6.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any
VAV/Zone Controller on the entire system or directly
to one of the Power/Comm board’s modular output
connectors using modular cable. The Modular Service
Tool will connect to any of the controllers using the
supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The
connection point on the controllers is located near the
communications connector. The Communications setting
must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.
7.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to
any controller on the communications local loop that
has communication wire terminals. Since you are using
Modular VAV/Zone Controllers, you can use a modular
pigtail connector that has a modular connector on
one end and stripped wires on the other to connect the
System Manager TS II to the Power/Comm board or one
of the Modular VAV/Zone Controllers. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II.
It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to
a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized
to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be
connected using 18 gauge minimum wire.
8.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any
of the controllers using the supplied cable with DIN
connectors on both ends. The connection point on the
controller is located near the communications connector.
The Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
9.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to one
of the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Network Loop”. The Loop switch on the back
of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Multiple”. The
CommLink 5 only needs to be connected to one of the
MiniLink PDs on the system.
Warning: Each Power/Comm board must have its own
24 VAC transformer for its power source. This
transformer cannot be shared with any other
board. Do not ground the transformer that is connected to the Power/Comm board. The transformer should be sized for the required VA by using
the information found on pages 9-10 of this
manual.
Local Loops containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
1.
Using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power, install
a 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer for the VCM-X
E-BUS Controller and wire from the transformer to the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
2.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications
connector to the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications
connector marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge
minimum wire for power and observe polarity on
all boards.
3.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s 3 wire communications
connector to the VAV/Zone Controllers. The VAV/Zone
Controllers connect together using modular cables from
each VAV/Zone Controller to the next controller and/or
to a Power/Comm Board. A maximum of 16 VAV/Zone
controllers are allowed per Power/Comm board. If you
have more than 16 VAV/Zone controllers, you will need
multiple Power/Comm boards. Each Power/Comm
board must have its own 24 VAC transformer sized for
the total number of VAV/Zone controllers connected to
it.
4.
Repeat the above steps for each local loop containing
VCM-X E-BUS Controllers with VAV/Zone Controllers.
5.
The Modular System Manager can connect to any
VAV/Zone Controller on the entire system or directly
to one of the Power/Comm board’s modular output
connectors using modular cable. The Modular Service
Tool will connect to any of the controllers using the
supplied cable with DIN connectors on both ends. The
connection point on the controllers is located near the
communications connector. The Communications setting
must be set to Lo Speed Network Mode.
6.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to any
controller on the communications local loop that has
communication wire terminals. A separate transformer
is required for the System Manager TS II. It has a 2
wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to a 24 VAC
transformer. The transformer should be sized to provide
10. Using a modular cable, connect from each MiniLink
PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to
the next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular input
connector using modular cable. Connect all the
remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a
daisy chain format.
11. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address from 1 to
60.
Note: Both power and communications are transferred
from the Power/Comm board to the VAV/Zone
Controllers and the Modular System Manager.
18
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Installation
Networked Multiple Loop
6 VA minimum power and should be connected using 18
gauge minimum wire. In the Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt;
for the System Manager Address.
7.
8.
9.
The Modular Service Tool SD will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controller
is located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
Using 2 conductor shielded cable, connect from the
CommLink 5’s 3 wire communications connector to one
of the MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Network Loop”. The Loop switch on the back
of the CommLink 5 must be set to “Multiple”. The
CommLink only needs to be connected to one of the
MiniLink PDs on the system.
Using a modular cable, connect from each MiniLink
PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to
the next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular
input connector using modular cable. Connect all the
remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a
daisy chain format.
10. Before powering up the controllers, set each VAV/
Zone Controller’s board address to a unique number
from 1 through 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59. Set MiniLink PD’s address from 1 to
60.
Loops Containing VCM-X E-BUS Controllers without VAV/
Zone Controllers
1.
Connect all VCM-X E-BUS Controllers on the loop in
a daisy chain format using 18 gauge minimum,
2 conductor shielded cable for communications.
Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA minimum, transformer
for each controller and wire to its transformer using 18
gauge minimum, 2 wire cable for power. Observe
polarity on all boards.
2.
Connect 2 conductor shielded cable from one of the
controller’s 3 wire communications connector to the
MiniLink PD’s 3 wire communications connector
marked “Local Loop”. Use 18 gauge wire for power and
observe polarity on all boards.
3.
4.
Only one MiniLink PD on the system should connect to
the CommLink. Install a separate 24 VAC, 8 VA
minimum, transformer for each MiniLink PD and wire
to transformer using 18 gauge minimum, 2 wire cable
for power. Observe polarity on all boards. Each
MiniLink PD’s address switch should be set with a
unique address between 1 and 60.
5.
Using a modular cable, connect from the each MiniLink
PD’s modular connector marked “Network Loop” to the
next MiniLink PD’s “Network Loop” modular input
connector using modular cable. Connect all the
remaining MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a
daisy chain format.
6.
The Modular Service Tool will connect to any of the
controllers using the supplied cable with DIN connectors
on both ends. The connection point on the controllers is
located near the communications connector. The
Communications setting must be set to Lo Speed
Network Mode.
7.. The Modular System Manager is supplied with a 12
foot modular cable with a modular connector on one end
and stripped wires on the other. If the Modular System
Manager is to be mounted in remote location, run 18
gauge, 2 conductor shielded cable for communications
from one controller’s 3 wire terminal connector to one of
the MiniLink PD’s in the same manner using a daisy
chain format. The Communications setting must be set
to Lo Speed Network Mode.
8.
The System Manager TS II utilizes a 3 wire
communication terminal block for connection to
any controller on the communications local loop that
has communication wire terminals. A separate
transformer is required for the System Manager TS II.
It has a 2 wire 24 VAC terminal block for connection to
a 24 VAC transformer. The transformer should be sized
to provide 6 VA minimum power and should be
connected using 18 gauge minimum wire. In the
Settings Menu, enter &lt;63&gt; for the System Manager
Address.
9.
Address the VCM-X E-BUS Controllers from 1 to 59.
Connect 2 wire shielded cable from the CommLink 5’s
3 wire communications connector to the MiniLink PD’s
3 wire communications connector marked “Network
Loop”. The Loop switch on the back of the CommLink
5 must be set to “Multiple”. Use the 110 VAC/24 VAC
power supply furnished with the CommLink for its
power source.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
19
System Commissioning
Overview
The following information is a brief overview of the procedures
required to commission a typical Orion System. Select the type of
system that you have and follow the procedures listed for that system.
Networked Systems
1.
Address each MiniLink PD from 1 to 60.
2.
On a loop of VCM-X E-BUS Controllers, address the
controllers from 1 to 59.
3.
On a VAV or Zoning system, address VAV/Zone
Controllers from 1 to 58. Address the VCM-X E-BUS
Controller at 59.
4.
On a VAV or Zoning system, apply power in the
following order:
a. VCM-X E-BUS Controller
b. MiniLink Polling Device
c. CommLink 5
d. Power/Comm boards
5.
Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation of
all controllers. See the technical guide for the specific
controller in order to locate the diagnostic LED and
controller start-up sequence.
Stand Alone System
1.
Be sure that the controller is set at address 1.
2.
Apply power to the controller.
3.
Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation.
See the technical guide for the specific controller in
order to locate the diagnostic LED and controller startup sequence.
4.
Connect an operator’s interface device to the controller
for programming the controller.
Interconnected System
1.
Be sure that the controllers are addressed from 1 to 60.
2.
Apply power to the controllers.
6.
3.
Verify diagnostics LED indicator for proper operation
of all controllers. See the technical guide for the specific
controller in order to locate the diagnostic LED and
controller start-up sequence.
If a computer is used, connect it to the CommLink 5 to
access all of the controllers on the entire system for
programming.
7.
If a computer is not used, and if a Modular System
Manager is not already connected on the local loop,
connect a Modular Service Tool or System Manager TS
II to one of the controllers to perform programming of
all controllers on the entire system.
4.
20
Connect an operator’s interface to one of the controllers
for programming all of the controllers.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
System Configurations
VCM-X Component &amp; System Wiring
21
1002
1002
R29
R24
R27
R14
1002
L5
R40
R42
R17
R26
C45 X2
.1uF
C50
C51
C5
.1uF
.1uF
R37
1002
.1uF
C4
66.000Mhz
1002
1002
1002
1002
1002
D12
R46
R43
J3
C16
TERM
C18
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
C19
R48
1002
R45
R1
R7
T
R9
1002
1002
C26
C9
C12
C15
330uF
C24
+
C7
.1uF
D1
5V
MADE IN USA
WattMaster Controls, Inc
WQVGA Graphical Interface
YS102178 R4
R11
1002
C13
.1uF
LTC3824
.1uF
1002
R15
C29
.1uF
U11
Q2
.1uF
2.5V
C34
C40
SERIAL #
3.3V
OFF
1002
U13
L1
SW1
R35
1002
1002
C11
C1
1002
330uF 50V
R S
J1
.1uF
R13
C14
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
R12
5V
T
R
1002
1002
1002
GND
R39
R23
R21
R S
T
6
9
-
8
0
7
DEC
PREV
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
CLEAR
NEXT
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
STATUS
+
Modular System Manager SD
(Front Side Shown)
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
UP
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
System Manager TS II
(Back Side Shown)
1002
1002
1002
.1uF
1002
C8
C6
X3
OPT4
C10
.1uF
C39
RTC
CAL
1002
R36
.1uF
C20
R16
.1uF
OPT3
R10
1002
1002
1002
R6
R5
1002
1002
C17
R47
OPT2
C36
1002
C41
R20 C23
R49
R44
1002
1002
R2
V1
R22
.1uF
1002
R32
OPT1
1002
1002
R34
For Stand Alone Applications
Both Jumpers Must Be ON
R41
R8
R18
1002
R31
D2
1002
1002
C27 U10
C28
R25
C31
R19
R28 R33
C32 R30
Typical Stand Alone System
T
SHLD
R
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Connect MIni Din
Connector Cable Ends
To Female Connectors
on Modular Service
Tool And VCM-X
Controller
FILENAME
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
1 of 1
PAGE
S. Olson
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
VCM-X E-BUS Stand Alone System
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 05/12/15
BY:
JOB NAME
O-VCMX-Sys-Stand-Alone-1A.CDR
24 VAC
(8 VA)
VCM-X Unit
Controller
Line Voltage
Modular Service
Tool SD
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
T G R
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Connect To
T, R &amp; S
Terminals On
VCM-X
Controller
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD, System Manager
TS II, Modular Service Tool SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software
Installed Can Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer Connection Information, See The
Computer And Remote Connection Section Of This Manual.
BLACK (R)
BARE (S)
WHITE (T)
TERM
U9
D11
L4
C35
C2
1002
C30
1002
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
C3
C25
.1uF
1002
1002
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
8.00Mhz
RED (24 VAC)
BROWN (GND)
22
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
485 LOOP
Stand Alone System
Zone
Zone
Figure 3: Stand Alone System Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
1002
1002
1002
R22
R24
R27
R14
1002
R36
C8
C6
.1uF
R17
R26
C45 X2
L5
R40
R42
.1uF
C20
C50
C51
C5
.1uF
.1uF
R37
1002
.1uF
C4
C18
C16
.1uF
1002
1002
D12
1002
1002
1002
TERM
.1uF
.1uF
C19
J3
R46
R43
R48
1002
R45
J1
T
R9
330uF 50V
R S
C12
C15
330uF
C24
+
C7
.1uF
5V
D1
R11
1002
C26
C13
R7
C34
LTC3824
U11
Q2
.1uF
2.5V
C40
SERIAL #
.1uF
1002
R15
C29
.1uF
3.3V
R35
1002
1002
U13
L1
SW1
1002
C11
1002
R13
R8
C9
1002
OFF
R16
MADE IN USA
.1uF
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
R39
R23
R21
5V
T
R
1002
1002
1002
GND
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
To Next HVAC Unit
Controller On Loop
Up To 60 Controllers
Can Be Interconnected
R S
T
6
9
-
8
0
7
DEC
PREV
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
CLEAR
NEXT
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
STATUS
+
24 VAC
(8 VA)
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
Modular System Manager SD
(Front Side Shown)
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
UP
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
Line Voltage
Note: Either A Modular System
Manager SD, System Manager TS
II, Modular Service Tool SD Or PC
With Prism 2 Software Installed
Can Be Used To Program And
Configure The Orion System. For
Computer &amp; Remote Connection
Information, See The Computer
Connection Section Of This
Manual.
System Manager TS II
(Back Side Shown)
1002
1002
1002
.1uF
1002
1002
R1
C1
1002
.1uF
OPT4
C10
.1uF
C39
RTC
CAL
.1uF
D11
C14
1002
66.000Mhz
1002
1002
R2
R6
R5
V1
1002
X3
OPT3
R10
R29
C17
R47
OPT2
C36
1002
C41
.1uF
R32
1002
1002
OPT1
1002
1002
1002
C30
1002
R41
WattMaster Controls, Inc
WQVGA Graphical Interface
YS102178 R4
.1uF
1002
R18
1002
R31
D2
R20 C23
1002
R49
R44
C27 U10
C28
R25
C31
R19
R28 R33
C32 R30
L4
C35
R34
For Stand Alone Applications
Both Jumpers Must Be ON
BLACK (R)
BARE (S)
WHITE (T)
TERM
U9
R12
C2
.1uF
8.00Mhz
C25
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
1002
.1uF
1002
C3
.1uF
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
1002
Line Voltage
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
24 VAC
(8 VA)
POLARITY
1 of 1
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
VCM-X E-BUS Interconnected System
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 05/12/15
BY: S. Olson
JOB NAME
O-VCMX-Sys-InterConnect-1A.CDR
FILENAME
24 VAC
(8 VA)
WARNING
OBSERVE
PAGE
T
SHLD
R
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
T G R
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
Line Voltage
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Modular Service
Tool SD
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Connect To
T, R &amp; S
Terminals On
VCM-X
Controller
Connect MIni Din
Connector
Cable Ends To Female
Connectors on
Modular Service Tool
And VCM-X Controller
485 LOOP
Typical Interconnected System
Interconnected System
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
Figure 4: Interconnected System Wiring
23
RED (24 VAC)
BROWN (GND)
1002
1002
1002
R29
R22
R27
R24
R14
1002
R36
C8
C6
.1uF
R17
R26
C45 X2
L5
R40
R42
C50
C51
C5
.1uF
.1uF
R37
1002
.1uF
C4
C18
C16
1002
1002
1002
D12
1002
1002
TERM
.1uF
.1uF
J3
R46
R43
R48
1002
R45
J1
T
330uF 50V
R S
R9
1002
C26
C9
C12
C15
330uF
C24
+
C7
.1uF
D1
5V
MADE IN USA
WattMaster Controls, Inc
WQVGA Graphical Interface
YS102178 R4
R11
1002
C13
R7
C34
LTC3824
.1uF
1002
R15
C29
.1uF
3.3V
U11
Q2
.1uF
2.5V
C40
SERIAL #
OFF
R35
1002
1002
U13
L1
SW1
1002
C11
1002
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
5V
T
R
R39
R23
1002
1002
1002
GND
R21
ACT
LNK
BAUD
Back View
LOOP
COMPUTER
USB
GND
485 LOOP POWER
R (+)
To Next HVAC Unit
Controller On Loop
Up To 60 Controllers
Can Be Interconnected
Note: CommLink Must Be
Set For Multiple Loop
Operation When Used With
A MiniLink Whether It Is A
Single Loop System Or Not.
If it Doesn’t Have A MiniLink
Set It To Single Loop.
DIAG
10/100
ETHERNET
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
Serial #
Note: Either A Modular System
Manager SD, System Manager TS II,
Modular Service Tool SD Or PC With
Prism 2 Software Installed Can Be
Used To Program And Configure The
Orion System. For Computer And
Remote Connection Information, See
The Computer Connection Section Of
This Manual.
+
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(8 VA)
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
T
BLACK (R)
BARE (S)
WHITE (T)
R S
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Connect To
T, R &amp; S
Terminals On
VCM-X Or
VAV/Zone
Controller
TB1
6
9
-
8
0
7
DEC
PREV
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
CLEAR
NEXT
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
STATUS
Line Voltage
Modular Service
Tool SD
Modular System
Manager SD
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
UP
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
T
SHLD
R
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
24 VAC
(8 VA)
DESCRIPTION:
05/12/15
POLARITY
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagrams
VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop
DATE:
BY: S. Olson
JOB NAME
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(8 VA)
WARNING
OBSERVE
1 of 5
PAGE
24 VAC
(8 VA)
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
Line Voltage
O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR
FILENAME
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
Connect MIni Din Connector
Cable Ends To Female
Connectors on Modular
Service Tool And VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
T G R
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
VCM-X E-BUS Unit Controller
POLARITY
HIGH
LOW
WARNING
OBSERVE
Front View
CommLink 5
SHLD
Note: The System Manager TS II Wiring
Is Typical For All System Types And
Configurations. It Is Shown On This Page
Only To Conserve Space.
System Manager TS II
1002
1002
1002
.1uF
1002
1002
.1uF
C19
R1
C1
1002
.1uF
R16
1002
C10
.1uF
C39
RTC
CAL
.1uF
C20
.1uF
OPT4
C14
1002
66.000Mhz
OPT2
R10
1002
X3
1002
1002
R6
R5
1002
1002
C17
R47
OPT3
.1uF
C28
1002
1002
R49
R44
C27 U10
.1uF
1002
R2
V1
R25
C31
R19
R28 R33
C32 R30
R32
R34
C41
R13
R8
R18
R20 C23
R41
1002
C30
OPT1
1002
1002
R31
D2
C36
.1uF
T (-)
RED (24 VAC)
BROWN (GND)
Typical Single Loop Networked System With CommLink 5 Only
24V
For All Applications With
CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),
Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.
U9
D11
L4
C35
C2
1002
1002
R12
1002
.1uF
C3
.1uF
.1uF
1002
C25
.1uF
1002
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
8.00Mhz
24
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
485 LOOP
TERM
Networked Single Loop System
Zone
Zone
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
Figure 5: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink Only Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
CX2
POWER
U12
D5
C7
R27
C11
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
C8
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
CX15
P4
LD6
PROC.
DRIVER
1
LOCAL LOOP
U15
R25
VREF
LED 2
CX13
R4
V1
R31
LOOP
DRIVER
MiniLink PD
LD5
CX14
NETWORK
DRIVER
LD4
ADD
P3
Local
Local
NETWORK
LOOP
U6
U10
U1
RN3
RN2
CX7
C9
U11
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
R3
CX2
D4
R26
9
-
0
DEC
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
CLEAR
NEXT
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
STATUS
R
TB2
24
VAC
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
25
P1
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Modular)
REC
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
P2
POWER
R1
P3
OE282
1
TB1
C1
P5
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
TB1
C1
SHLD
T
P5
P4
LD1
F1
P1
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
0
0
2 of 5
PAGE
BY: S. Olson
Line Voltage
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagrams
VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 05/12/15
24 VAC
(8 VA)
Modular Service
Tool SD
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Branch Circuit
JOB NAME
www.orioncontrols.com
O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR
FILENAME
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Modular)
0
Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be
Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total Of 16
Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm Board. Use
Additional Power/Comm Boards For Systems That
Exceed 16 Controllers. See The VAV/Zone Controller
Wiring Diagram For Power/Comm Board Transformer
Sizing And Circuit Design Information.
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
25
Power/Comm
Board
Modular System
Manager SD
PREV
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
Line Voltage
6
8
7
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
UP
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
System Manager TS II
Power/Comm
Board
LD1
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Modular)
C10
C1
Line Voltage
VCM-X E-BUS
Unit Controller
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Branch Circuit
24 VAC
(6 VA)
+5V
D1
R24
LED 1
AIN 1
EPROM
U3
RV1
CX3
24VAC
RAM
U4
GND
CX4
TB2
U13
R1
U2
U5
AIN 2
C3
CX5
GND
CX1
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
TB1
R2
R
PHILIPS
SHLD
WDOG
X1
T
U14
CX1
POWER / CO
OMM
U1
CX6
C2
P1
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
4A
U6
C4
TB3
VAC
R
P3
T
R1
D1
X1
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
POLARITY
V1
OFF
CX6
T
SHLD
R
WARNING
OBSERVE
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
Note: For System
Manager TS II Wiring,
See Figure 3.
POWER / CO
OMM
COMMP IN
C3
485 LOOP
POWER
SHLD
24
D1
4A
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer And Remote
Connection Information, See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
V1
TB2
TB4
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
P5
R
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
P2
1
2
4
8
16
32
T G R
POWER / CO
OMM
COMMP IN
Typical Single Loop Networked System
With MiniLink Polling Device &amp; Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
Networked Single Loop System
SHLD
T
P4
www.orioncontrols.com
F1
OE282
1
REC
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
REC
Figure 6: Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD And Modular VAV/Zone Controllers Wiring
25
R27
C11
0-10V
C8
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
CX15
P4
LD6
1
U15
LOCAL LOOP
PROC.
DRIVER
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
CX14
R26
R25
24VAC
Local
C9
U11
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
CX7
R3
C10
C1
D4
CX2
VREF
System Manager TS II
6
9
-
8
0
7
DEC
PREV
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
UP
CLEAR
NEXT
STATUS
SETPOINTS
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
R
T
REC
TB3
24 VAC
GND
24VAC
GND
STAT
TB3
0
TB2
SHLD
REC
OE282
TB3
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
TB3
SHLD
R
T
TB2
SHLD
REC
www.orioncontrols.com
0
OE282
1
24VAC
R
T
24 VAC
GND
SHLD
R
T
GND
STAT
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
TB2
SHLD
REC
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
0
0
3 of 5
PAGE
BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
05/12/15
Line Voltage
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagrams
VCM-X E-BUS Networked System - Single Loop
DATE:
24 VAC
(8 VA)
Modular Service
Tool SD
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
JOB NAME
1
O-VCMX-Network-SingleLoop1A.CDR
FILENAME
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
SHLD
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
Line Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
www.orioncontrols.com
Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected
To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity
Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will
Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page
In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit
Design Information.
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
VCM-X E-BUS
Unit Controller
TB2
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Modular System Manager SD
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
Note: For System
Manager TS II Wiring,
See Figure 3.
485 LOOP
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
RN3
RN2
U7
X1
T
SHLD
R
POLARITY
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Local Loop
U6
U10
U1
ADD
Local
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
R24
R4
V1
U3
R31
THERM
+5V
EPROM
GND
4-20mA
TB2
C3
T G R
WARNING
OBSERVE
Note: Multiple VAV/Zone
Controllers Can Be Connected To
A Single Transformer If Desired.
However Polarity Must Be
Observed Or Damage To The
Controller(s) Will Result. See The
Non-Modular Transformer Sizing
Page In This Manual For
Transformer Sizing And Circuit
Design Information.
D5
C7
CX3
U12
AIN 1
CX2
AIN 2
RAM
U4
POWER
SHLD
CX4
LED 1
GND
U14
R1
U2
U5
LED 2
R
CX13
T
U13
TB3
C3
CX5
24 VAC
(6 VA)
T
CX1
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
TB1
R2
X1
MiniLink PD
SHLD
D1
R
WDOG
PHILIPS
TB4
P3
P5
CX1
CX6
1
2
4
8
16
32
U1
CX6
C2
P1
RV1
OFF
U6
C4
26
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer And Remote
Connection Information, See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
Typical Single Loop Networked System
With MiniLink Polling Device &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
Networked Single Loop System
Zone
Zone
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
24VAC
R
T
24 VAC
GND
SHLD
R
T
GND
STAT
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
24VAC
R
T
24 VAC
GND
SHLD
R
T
GND
STAT
Figure 7: Networked Single Loop System With MiniLink PD And Non Modular VAV/Zone Controllers Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
ACT
LNK
BAUD
Back View
LOOP
COMPUTER
USB
24 VAC
(6 VA)
LED 1
V1
CX2
POWER
R25
VREF
R4
LED 2
U12
D4
R26
C11
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
C8
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
P4
LD6
LOCAL LOOP
PROC.
DRIVER
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
U6
U10
U1
RN3
RN2
CX7
C9
U11
C10
9
-
0
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
UP
CLEAR
NEXT
STATUS
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
25
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
C1
SHLD
T
P5
P4
LD1
F1
P1
Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be
Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total Of 16
Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm Board. Use
Additional Power/Comm Boards For Systems That
Exceed 16 Controllers. See The VAV/Zone Controller
Wiring Diagram For Power/Comm Board Transformer
Sizing And Circuit Design Information.
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
Power/Comm
Board
Modular System
Manager SD
PREV
25
Power/Comm
Board
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
TB1
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
6
8
7
MINUS
5
4
DEC
Line Voltage
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
3
2
1
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
System Manager TS II
Line Voltage
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
VAV/Zone
Controller
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
0
Local
485 LOOP POWER
Serial #
CX1
T
SHLD
R
4 of 5
PAGE
BY:
JOB NAME
Line Voltage
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Branch Circuit
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
05/12/15
VAV/Zone
Controller
24 VAC
(8 VA)
Modular Service
Tool SD
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagrams
VCM-X Networked System - Single Loop
DATE:
O-VCMX-Net-SingleLoop1A.CDR
FILENAME
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Branch Circuit
VCM-X E-BUS
Unit Controller
REC
Network
D5
C7
CX15
RV1
CX2
MiniLink PD Loop 1
+5V
EPROM
U3
R31
RAM
U4
CX3
Note: See Computer &amp;
Accessories Connection Section
Of This Manual For Optional
Computer and Remote
Connection Diagrams.
DIAG
10/100
ETHERNET
GND
1
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
Front View
CommLink 5
HIGH
LOW
AIN 1
R1
U2
CX4
24VAC
R (+)
C3
U5
GND
SHLD
CX1
CX5
TB1
T (-)
R2
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
AIN 2
WDOG
PHILIPS
X1
R27
GND
U1
CX6
C2
P1
TB2
U6
C4
CX13
VAC
P3
U15
R1
SHLD
POWER
OFF
Note: CommLink Must Be Set
For Multiple Loop Operation
When Used With A MiniLink
Whether It Is A Single Loop
System Or Not. If it Doesn’t
Have A MiniLink Set It To
Single Loop.
4A
24V
Note: For System
Manager TS II Wiring,
See Figure 3.
D1
24
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
V1
TB2
T
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
U13
COMMP IN
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer And Remote
Connection Information, See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
POWER / CO
OMM
R
R
4A
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
P2
D1
P1
R24
VAC
CX14
P3
C1
R1
R3
485 LOOP
POWER
U14
LD1
R
D1
24
1
T
P5
OE282
SHLD
V1
TB2
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
P2
X1
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
C3
R
0
TB3
T
www.orioncontrols.com
TB4
SHLD
CX6
C1
P3
TB1
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
P5
POLARITY
ADD
WARNING
OBSERVE
1
2
4
8
16
32
T G R
POWER / CO
OMM
COMMP IN
Typical Single Loop Networked System With MiniLink
Polling Device, CommLink &amp; Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
Networked Single Loop System
P4
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
F1
REC
Figure 8: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink &amp; MiniLink PD - Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
27
ACT
LNK
COMPUTER
USB
BAUD
Back View
LOOP
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
Front View
HIGH
LOW
24 VAC
(6 VA)
VREF
LED 1
R4
V1
CX2
POWER
LED 2
R25
RV1
D4
R26
U12
C11
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
Serial #
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
LD6
P4
LOCAL LOOP
PROC.
DRIVER
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
RN3
RN2
CX7
C9
U11
C10
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
UP
CLEAR
NEXT
STATUS
SETPOINTS
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
T
24 VAC
GND
SHLD
R
24VAC
GND
STAT
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
24VAC
R
T
24 VAC
GND
SHLD
R
T
GND
STAT
Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected
To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity
Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will
Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page
In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit
Design Information.
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
24 VAC
(6 VA)
FILENAME
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
24VAC
GND
STAT
5 of 5
PAGE
24 VAC
(8 VA)
BY: S. Olson
JOB NAME
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Local Loop
Line Voltage
Modular Service
Tool SD
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagrams
VCM-X Networked System - Single Loop
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 05/12/15
O-VCMX-Net-SingleLoop1A.CDR
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
Line Voltage
R
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
PREV
Modular System Manager SD
MINUS
-
9
8
7
0
6
DEC
3
2
5
1
4
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
VCM-X E-BUS
Unit Controller
GND
Local
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
U6
U10
U1
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
TB1
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
System Manager TS II
Note: For System
Manager TS II Wiring,
See Figure 3.
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
T
SHLD
R
24 VAC
Local
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
C8
CX2
T G R
R
Network
D5
C7
485 LOOP POWER
24V
MiniLink PD Loop 1
+5V
EPROM
R31
RAM
U3
Note: See Computer &amp;
Accessories Connection Section
Of This Manual For Optional
Computer and Remote
Connection Diagrams.
DIAG
10/100
ETHERNET
GND
C1
CommLink 5
R3
Note: CommLink Must Be Set
For Multiple Loop Operation
When Used With A MiniLink
Whether It Is A Single Loop
System Or Not. If it Doesn’t
Have A MiniLink Set It To
Single Loop.
X1
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer And Remote
Connection Information, See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
U2
CX3
24VAC
R (+)
C3
U4
GND
SHLD
CX1
CX4
TB1
T (-)
R2
U5
AIN 1
PHILIPS
CX5
AIN 2
WDOG
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
R27
GND
U1
CX6
X1
TB2
CX1
Typical Single Loop Networked System With MiniLink
Polling Device, CommLink &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
OFF
U6
C2
P1
1
TB3
R1
REC
CX15
SHLD
U15
TB2
CX13
0
T
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
D1
TB3
R24
REC
CX14
SHLD
R
T
SHLD
C3
485 LOOP
0
U14
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
U13
TB2
SHLD
R
R
T
T
TB3
1
SHLD
REC
P3
SHLD
OE282
TB3
0
TB4
www.orioncontrols.com
P5
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
C4
28
TB2
ADD
POLARITY
CX6
WARNING
OBSERVE
1
2
4
8
16
32
Networked Single Loop System
Zone
Zone
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
T
Figure 9: Networked Single Loop System With CommLink &amp; MLPD - Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
BAUD
V1
R31
R26
U12
D5
C7
C11
POWER
LED 2
LED 1
RV1
U12
D5
C7
C11
485 LOOP POWER
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
C8
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
LD6
LOCAL LOOP
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
C8
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
LD6
P4
PROC.
DRIVER
LOCAL LOOP
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
U6
U10
U1
MiniLink PD Loop 2
P4
PROC.
DRIVER
U6
U10
U1
RN3
RN2
Serial #
C9
U11
RN2
RN3
X1
R3
C10
C1
CX7
C9
U11
C10
9
-
0
ESC
ENTER
DOWN
UP
CLEAR
NEXT
STATUS
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SCHEDULES
SETPOINTS
25
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
Note: A Maximum Of 6 VAV/Zone Controllers
Can Be Connected To Each Branch Circuit. A total
Of 16 Controllers Are Allowed Per Power/Comm
Board. Use Additional Power/Comm Boards For
Systems That Exceed 16 Controllers. See The
VAV/Zone Controller Wiring Diagram For
Power/Comm Board Transformer Sizing And
Circuit Design Information.
Connect To
Other VAV/Zone
Controllers
On Loop
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
Power/Comm
Board
Modular System Manager SD
PREV
25
Power/Comm
Board
24 VAC - Size
Transformer
For Required VA Load
Line Voltage
485 LOOP
R
T
SHLD
VAV/Zone
Controller
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Line Voltage
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
0
1 of 2
PAGE
DATE:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
BY:
JOB NAME
Line Voltage
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Branch Circuit
VAV/Zone
Controller
24 VAC
(8 VA)
Modular Service
Tool SD
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
Networked System - Multiple Loop
05/07/15
O-VCMX-Net-MultiLoop-1A.CDR
FILENAME
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
P5
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
6
8
MINUS
5
4
7
3
2
DEC
1
Line Voltage
Network
Local
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
CX7
TB1
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
C1
Connect To Loop 2
Power/Comm
Board &amp; VCM-X
Controller
24 VAC
(6 VA)
Local
CX2
POWER
D4
Network
VREF
1
VREF
R4
LED 1
CX2
R25
EPROM
U3
CX2
CX13
R1
1
TB1
U15
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
CX3
R26
R24
LED 2
+5V
RAM
U4
24 VAC
(6 VA)
CX4
D4
U14
RV1
CX15
24VAC
24V
MiniLink PD Loop 1
U5
R27
Note: CommLink Must Be Set
For Multiple Loop Operation
TB2
CX15
R1
U2
CX5
R4
ADD
LOOP
C3
LNK
CX1
ACT
R2
DIAG
COMPUTER
USB
PHILIPS
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
C1
10/100
ETHERNET
WDOG
X1
EPROM
U3
V1
U1
CX6
C2
P1
CX3
GND
GND
Back View of CommLink 5
HIGH
LOW
GND
RAM
U4
R31
U6
C4
U15
C3
T G R
TB1
TB1
SHLD
D1
R
CX4
AIN 1
CX2
AIN 2
U5
R25
R
U2
CX5
R27
T (-)
SHLD
C3
T
U13
TB3
CX14
TB4
CX1
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
GND
R (+)
R2
X1
24VAC
SHLD
T
P3
P5
CX1
CX6
Front View of CommLink 5
OFF
WDOG
PHILIPS
CX14
OFF
U1
CX6
C2
P1
TB2
F1
+5V
P1
AIN 2
4A
U6
C4
CX13
VAC
U13
P3
AIN 1
LD1
GND
D1
24
P4
R
P5
SHLD
T
T
SHLD
T
C1
TB3
TB1
TB4
REC
SHLD
R1
D1
POWER
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
V1
TB2
1
R24
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
OE282
U14
0
R
COMMP IN
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer &amp; IP Module
Connection Information See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
POWER / CO
OMM
R
CX1
4A
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
P2
CX6
P1
P3
VAC
www.orioncontrols.com
P5
D1
24
P3
ADD
R1
1
2
4
8
16
32
POWER
C1
LD1
R3
V1
TB2
X1
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
C3
POLARITY
1
2
4
8
16
32
WARNING
OBSERVE
Connect To Loop 3
MiniLink PD
R
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
P2
POWER / CO
OMM
COMMP IN
Typ. Multiple Loop Networked System With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
Networked Multiple Loop System Connections &amp; Wiring
SHLD
T
P4
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
F1
REC
Figure 10: Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
29
BAUD
U12
R25
POWER
LED 2
LED 1
RV1
U12
EPROM
U3
C11
R27
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
LD6
PROC.
DRIVER
LOCAL LOOP
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
Local
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
THERM
C8
AIN2
THERM
LOOP
DRIVER
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
LD4
RN3
C9
X2
C10
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
24 VAC
(6 VA)
FILENAME
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
GND
STAT
2 of 2
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
BY:
JOB NAME
Connect To Next
VAV/Zone Controller
On Local Loop
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
24 VAC
(8 VA)
Line Voltage
Modular Service
Tool SD
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
Networked System - Multiple Loop
05/07/15
24 VAC
PAGE
DATE:
O-VCMX-Net-MultiLoop-1A.CDR
VAV/Zone
Controller
(Non-Modular)
Line Voltage
Note: Multiple VAV/Zone Controllers Can Be Connected
To A Single Transformer If Desired. However Polarity
Must Be Observed Or Damage To The Controller(s) Will
Result. See The Non- Modular Transformer Sizing Page
In This Manual For Transformer Sizing And Circuit
Design Information.
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
GREEN (GND)
CLEAR (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
BLACK (R)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
WHITE (T)
R
GND
SW1
R30
R29
R28
STAT
LD5
GND
P4
PROC.
DRIVER
T
LOCAL LOOP
U11
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
CX7
ALARMS
OVERRIDES
SHLD
R
LD6
RN2
U7
Network
GND
0-10V
X1
Local
SW1
C1
C10
Line
Voltage
24 VAC
(6 VA)
24 VAC
4-20mA
X2
R30
R29
R28
CLEAR
STATUS
SETPOINTS
SCHEDULES
Modular System Manager SD
ENTER
DOWN
NEXT
T
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
C9
U11
-
0
DEC
ESC
UP
R
0-10V
RN3
RN2
CX7
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
U7
9
8
7
PREV
24VAC
4-20mA
U6
U10
U1
MiniLink PD Loop 2
P4
U6
U10
U1
6
MINUS
3
2
5
1
4
1
C11
485 LOOP POWER
Serial #
Connect To Modular
I/O Connectors
Located On Back
Of The System Manager
485 LOOP
Typical Terminal Blocks. All
Wiring To Be T To T, SHLD (G)
To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
T
SHLD
R
Connect To Loop 2
VCM-X Controller &amp;
VAV/Zone Controllers
D5
C7
AIN2
OFF=0-5V
AIN1
Network
D5
C7
C8
1
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
CX3
24 VAC
(6 VA)
CX2
POWER
RAM
U4
24 VAC
(6 VA)
U15
VREF
R4
V1
R31
R26
24VAC
LED 1
+5V
R1
1
LED 2
CX2
GND
24V
MiniLink PD Loop 1
CX4
VREF
CX2
AIN 2
R24
RV1
U5
D4
Note: CommLink Must Be Set
For Multiple Loop Operation
TB2
U14
LOOP
HIGH
LOW
GND
CX15
R1
U2
CX5
R4
P3
LNK
C3
ACT
CX1
DIAG
COMPUTER
USB
R2
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
C1
10/100
ETHERNET
WDOG
PHILIPS
X1
TB1
GND
Back View of CommLink 5
Front View of CommLink 5
U1
CX6
C2
P1
EPROM
U3
V1
ADD
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
OE282
R31
U6
C4
CX3
CX2
AIN 1
CX13
T
RAM
U4
D4
R
U2
CX4
R25
SHLD
C3
U5
R26
SHLD
T
U13
TB3
CX14
TB4
CX1
CX5
24VAC
R (+)
R2
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
R27
T (-)
SHLD
D1
R
WDOG
PHILIPS
X1
CX15
R3
Note: Either A Modular System Manager SD,
System Manager TS II, Modular Service Tool
SD Or PC With Prism 2 Software Installed Can
Be Used To Program And Configure The Orion
System. For Computer &amp; IP Module
Connection Information See The Computer
Connection Section Of This Manual.
OFF
U1
CX6
C2
P1
CX14
REC
CX13
SHLD
U15
0
U13
TB2
D1
CX1
CX6
1
2
4
8
16
32
T G R
24VAC
TB1
www.orioncontrols.com
+5V
STAT
GND
GND
TB2
SHLD
R
AIN 1
GND
GND
24 VAC
AIN 2
T
R
R
SHLD
24VAC
T
0
TB3
T
TB4
SHLD
R
T
T
R24
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
1
U14
TB3
P5
TB3
CX1
REC
CX6
SHLD
P3
TB2
OE282
R
0
SHLD
www.orioncontrols.com
P5
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
ADD
TB3
C1
REC
R3
SHLD
X1
TB2
C3
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
1
2
4
8
16
32
POLARITY
Connect To Loop 3
MiniLink PD
WARNING
OBSERVE
OFF
U6
C4
30
C3
Typ. Multiple Loop Networked System With Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
Zone
Networked Multiple Loop System Connections
Zone&amp; Wiring
www.orioncontrols.com
OE282
1
T
Figure 11: Networked Multiple Loop System Wiring With Non Modular VAV/Zone Controllers
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
31
Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Zone
Main Controller Wiring
For Stand Alone Applications,
Connect To System Manager. For Network
Applications Connect To Next Controller And/Or
MiniLink PD On Local Loop.
Note:
All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open
And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only.
1 Amp Maximum Load.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Local Loop
RS-485
9600 Baud
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
R - 24VAC
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
G - Fan ON/OFF Only
RELAY
COMMON
All Comm Loop Wiring Is
Straight Thru
T to T, R to R &amp; SHLD to SHLD
FAN
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
Relay Output Contacts
R2 Through R5 May Be UserConfigured For The Following:
AAON No.:
V07150
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
1 - Heating Stages
2 - Cooling Stages
3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
4 - Reversing Valve (Air To Air Heat Pumps)
5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
10 - Occupied
11 - OA Damper
12 - Heat Wheel
13 - Emergency Heat
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
See Individual
Component Wiring
Diagrams For Detailed
Wiring Of Analog Inputs
And Outputs
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
LED BLINK CODES
STATUS1
STATUS2
NORMAL OPERATION
0
1
SAT FAIL
1
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
OAT FAIL
2
SPC FAIL
3
2
MODULE ALARM
4
2
MECH COOL FAIL
1
AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
HIGH SAT
2
AI5
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
3
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
4
4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
PUSH BUTTON OVR
1
5
ZONE OVR
2
5
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
0
6
AI1
AI1 SET
AI2
AI2 SET
AI7
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
LED NAME
2
3
MECH HEAT FAIL
2
3
FAN PROOF FAIL
3
3
DIRTY FILTER
4
3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5
3
LOW SAT
1
4
AI3 SET
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
2
WattMaster Label
#LB102073-01-A
Rev.: 1A
Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By
Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All
Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are User
Configurable As Listed Above.
4
4
GND
Line Voltage
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
2
IC
EXPANSION
24VAC
2
IC
DIGITAL
SENSOR
AI4 SET
Size Transformer For Correct
Total Load.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller = 8 VA
Jumpers
AI5 SET
Connect To Digital Room Sensor And/Or
Digital CO2 Sensor
Splice If Required
AI7 SET
OE271
Static Pressure
Transducer
Connect To
Expansion Module(s)
(When Used)
Warning:
24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All Ground
Wires Remain Common. Failure To Do So Will
Result In Damage To The Controllers.
Connect FRP Tubing To High Pressure
Port (Bottom Tube) and Route To Static
Pressure Pickup Probe Located In Unit
Discharge. Leave Port Marked “Lo” Open
To Atmosphere
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-MainWire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/08/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Main Board Wiring
Figure 12: OE332-23E-VCM-X-MOD - VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
32
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Main Controller Addressing
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
Note:
The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And
Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch Settings In
Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
Caution:
Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller.
Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication Loop
Wiring.
AAON No.:
V07150
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
ADDRESS
ADD
This Switch Should Be
In The OFF Position
As Shown
1
2
4
8
16
32
-------NET
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
LED BLINK CODES
SPC FAIL
3
2
MODULE ALARM
4
2
MECH COOL FAIL
1
AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
PUSH BUTTON OVR
1
5
AI7
ZONE OVR
2
5
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
0
6
AI2
2
3
MECH HEAT FAIL
2
3
FAN PROOF FAIL
3
3
DIRTY FILTER
4
3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5
3
LOW SAT
1
4
HIGH SAT
2
4
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
2
WattMaster Label
#LB102073-01-A
Rev.: 1A
3
4
4
4
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
2
IC
EXPANSION
D
2
AD
1
1
OAT FAIL
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
LED NAME
D
STATUS2
0
SAT FAIL
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AD
STATUS1
NORMAL OPERATION
AI1
2
IC DIGITAL
SENSOR
Controller
Address Switch
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 1
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 13
The Address For Each Controller
Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers
On The Local Loop And Be Between 1 and 59
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-AddSwSet-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Address Switch Setting
Figure 13: VCM-X E-BUS Controller Addressing
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
33
Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Zone
Digital Room Sensor &amp; Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring
I1 SET
Note: When Only The Digital Room Sensor
Is Used, It Connects Directly To The VCM-X E-BUS
Controller Using A TSDRSC Cable Of The
Appropriate Length. The Maximum Length Allowed Is
160 Feet. See Figure 19 For Connection When The
Space CO2 Sensor Is Also Used.
AI1
AI5
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2
AI2 SET
AI2
AI3
AI5 SET
ALARM
Display
Override
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI7
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
AI7 SET
OVERRIDE
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI3
STATIC
PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102033-01
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
I2C DIGITAL
SENSOR
I2C
EXPANSION
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
TSDRSC Cable
OE217-00 / OE217-01
Digital Room Sensor
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-DigiRoom-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Digital Room Sensor
Figure 14: OE217-00 / OE217-01 Digital Room Sensor
OE256-01
CO2 Sensor
I1 SET
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI5
AI5 SET
AI7 SET
Note: When a Digital Room Sensor Is
Used In Combination With The CO2
Sensor, The CO2 Sensor Always
Connects To The VCX E-BUS Controller
First Using a TSDRSC Cable Of The
Required Length. The Digital Room
Sensor Then Connects To The CO2
Sensor With Another TSDRSC Cable.
Mount Sensor(s) At Least 5 Feet Above
Floor. See The CO2 Sensor Technical
Guide For Further Wiring Details.
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
Note: In This Configuration,
Set The CO2 Sensor To
Address 1.
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI7
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102033-01
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
I2C DIGITAL
SENSOR
I2C
EXPANSION
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
OVERRIDE
ALARM
Display
Override
TSDRSC Cable
TSDRSC Cable
OE217-00 / OE217-01
Digital Room Sensor
JOB NAME
REVISED:
05/12/15
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-WallCO2-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor
Figure 15: OE256-01 Wall-Mounted CO2 Sensor
34
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO COMMUNICATION
“R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD”
TOWIRE
“SHLD”
RS-485
LOOP.
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
Note:
1.) The CO2 Sensor Always Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS
Controller Using A TSDRSC Cable Of The Required Length.
If Also Using a Digital Room Sensor, Connect the Digital
Room Sensor to the CO2 Sensor Using Another TSDRSC
Cable Of The Required Length. The Total Length Of Cable
For All Sensor Cables Combined Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI1
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
SAT(SPACE
(SUPPLY
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
AI2==SPC
AI2
AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
RAT(SUPPLY
(RETURN
AIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
AI3==SAT
AI3
AIRAIR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
OAT(RETURN
(OUTDOOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
AI4==RAT
AI4
(OUTDOOR
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR)
SUCTION
PRESSURE
SENSOR (FROM
EXP. MODULE)
AI5==OAT
AI5
PRESSURE SENSOR
SPACE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
AI7==SUCTION
AI7 = SPACE
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SLIDE
ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 =OR
ECONOMIZER
(2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
OE217-00 / OE217-01
Wall Mounted
Digital Room Sensor
ANALOGINPUT
INPUT
ANALOG
JUMPER
JUMPER
SETTINGS
SETTINGS
STATUS1
STATUS2
0
1
SAT FAIL
1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
OAT FAIL
2
2
SPC FAIL
3
2
MODULE ALARM
4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
MECH COOL FAIL
1
AI4
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI5
AI5
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI2
AI3
AI3
TSDRSC Cable
LED BLINK CODES
NORMAL OPERATION
AI1
AI1
ALARM
AI7
AI7
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
2
2
3
MECH HEAT FAIL
2
3
FAN PROOF FAIL
3
3
DIRTY FILTER
4
3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5
3
LOW SAT
1
4
HIGH SAT
2
4
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
3
4
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
4
4
PUSH BUTTON OVR
1
5
2
5
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
0
6
24 24
VAC
POWER
ONLY
VAC
POWER
ONLY
WARNING!
POLARITY
MUST
BEBE
OBSERVED
WARNING!
POLARITY
MUST
OBSERVED
OR
THE
CONTROLLER
WILL
BEBE
DAMAGED
OR
THE
CONTROLLER
WILL
DAMAGED
2
2
STATIC
WattMasterLabel
Label
ICIC
WattMaster
STATIC
#LB102073-01-A EXPANSION
PRESSURE
PRESSURE #LB102033-01
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1A
POLARITY
ZONE OVR
WARNING
OBSERVE
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
LED NAME
ANALOG
ANALOGINPUT
INPUTJUMPER
JUMPERSETTINGS
SETTINGS
MUST
MUSTBE
BESET
SETAS
ASSHOWN
SHOWNFOR
FOR
PROPER
PROPEROPERATION
OPERATION
Override
Connection Of Wall
Mounted
Digital Room Sensor
(When Used)
AAON No.:
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
V07150
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
OE332-23-VCMX-A
VCM-X CONTROLLER
OE256-02
Duct Mounted CO2 Sensor
Display
FAN
RELAY 2
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
RELAY 4
RELAY 5
RELAY 5
www.orioncontrols.com
2.) In This Configuration, Set The CO2 Sensor To Address 1.
OVERRIDE
RELAY CONTACT
RATING
IS 1 AMP
RELAY
CONTACT
MAX @
VAC
RATING
IS24
1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
2
2
IC IC
DIGITAL
DIGITAL
SENSOR
SENSOR
TSDRSC Cable
JOB NAME
REVISED:
05/12/15
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-DuctCO2-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor
Figure 16: OE256-02 Duct-Mounted CO2 Sensor
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
35
Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Zone
Space Temperature Sensor &amp; Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring
Note:
Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space
Temperature Sensor Or The Remote Supply
Air Temperature Reset Signal Option (By
Others) May Be Connected To An AI7 On
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One
Option Is Allowed, Not Both.
AI1 SET
AI1
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI7 SET
AUX
AI7 SET
AI5 SET
OVR
AI7
GND
Set Jumper For THERM
When Space Sensor Slide
Adjust Is Wired To AI7
AI4 SET
TMP
W
A
R
M
E
R
C
O
O
L
E
R
AI5
AI3 SET
AI4
AI7
GND
AI2 SET
OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213
Space Temperature Sensor
Wire Required For
Sensors With Slide
Adjust Option Only
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-SpaceSensor-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Space Temperature Sensor
Figure 17: OE210, OE211, OE212, OE213 Space Temperature Sensor Wiring
Remote Supply Air
Temperature Reset Signal
(By Others)
AI1 SET
0-5 VDC or 0-10 VDC Signal
AI5
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI7
GND
AI2 SET
AI2
AI3
AI7 SET
AI7 SET
AI5 SET
Note:
Either The Slide Offset Option For The Space Temperature
Sensor Or The Remote Supply Air Temperature Reset
Signal Option (By Others) May Be Connected To AI7 On
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller. Only One Option Is Allowed,
Not Both.
Regardless of Whether the Remote
SAT Reset Signal Has Been
Configured For 0-5 or 0-10 VDC,
Jumper Must Be Set For 0-10V
AI1
GND
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-RemoteReset-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Remote Reset
Figure 18: Remote Supply Air Reset Wiring
36
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Supply Air, Return Air, and Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Wiring
OE231
Supply Air Temperature Sensor
AI1 SET
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI2
AI3
AI5
AI7
AI4 SET
AI5 SET
OE231
Return Air Temperature Sensor
AI3 SET
AI4
GND
GND
AI2 SET
Mount In HVAC
Unit Supply
Air Duct
Be Sure The Jumper Is Set For THERM
On AI2 &amp; AI3 For Supply
&amp; Return Air Temperature Sensors
When Used
AI7 SET
Mount In HVAC
Unit Return
Air Duct
JOB NAME
VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-SAT&amp;RA-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Supply Air Temperature and Return Air Sensors
Figure 19: OE231 Supply Air Temperature Sensor &amp; OE231 Return Air Temperature Sensor Wiring
OE250
Outdoor Air
Temperature Sensor
AI1 SET
Make Splice Connections
Inside Sensor Enclosure
As Shown. Seal All Conduit
Fittings With Silicone
Sealant
AI1
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI4 SET
GND
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
AI2
Be Sure Jumper Is Set
For THERM
On AI4 For Outdoor
Air Temperature Sensor
AI5 SET
AI7 SET
Mount Sensor Outdoors
In Shaded Protected
Area &amp; In Upright
Position As Shown
JOB NAME
For MUA Applications
With A Heat Wheel,
Mount Sensor
Downstream Of
The Heat Wheel
REVISED: 05/12/15
FILENAME
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
O-VCM-X-OAT-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Outdoor Air Sensor
Figure 20: OE250 Outdoor Air Temperature Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
37
Zone
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Zone
Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring
AI3
AI4
AI5
COM -
1
GND
AI5 SET
+ 2
Economizer Feedback 5
NOTE: For Economizer
Actuator Feedback Signal,
See AI3 Wiring For The
VCM-X Expansion Module.
AI7 SET
Y1 3
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
24 VAC
GND
AI1
AI2
AI2 SET
Economizer Damper Actuator
(Belimo Actuator Shown)
AI1 SET
Belimo Actuator Wiring
Shown. Consult Factory For
Other Manufacturer Wiring
Instructions
24 VAC Power Source
Sized For Actuator VA Load
AO1
2-10 VDC
Output
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
DATE: 05/12/15
S. Olson
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-Economizer-1B.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
1 of 1
Economizer Actuator
Figure 21: Economizer Damper Actuator Wiring
38
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Supply Fan VFD &amp; Bypass Damper Actuator
Note:
Either The Supply Fan VFD Or
The Bypass Damper Actuator
May Be Connected To AO2 On
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Only One Option Is Allowed,
Not Both.
Caution:
The VFD Unit Must Be Configured For 0-10 VDC Input.
The Input Resistance At The VFD Must Not Be Less
Than 1000 Ohms When Measured At The VFD
Terminals With All Input Wires Removed.
AI1 SET
AI1
AI3
_
AI5
AI7
AI5 SET
Supply Fan Variable Frequency Drive
(By Others)
AI4 SET
GND
Shield
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
+
AI2
0-10VDC Input From AO2
AI7 SET
AO2
GND
Shield
Note:
Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA Minimum 2
Conductor Twisted Pair With Shield Cable.
Wire Shield To GND As Shown
24 VAC Power Source
Sized For Actuator VA Load
AI1 SET
Note:
Either The Supply Fan VFD Or
The Bypass Damper Actuator
May Be Connected To AO2 On
The VCM-X E-BUS Controller.
Only One Option Is Allowed,
Not Both.
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
AI1
AI3
AI5
2 (+)
3 (Y)
GND
24 VAC
AI7 SET
1 (-)
AI5 SET
Bypass Damper Actuator
(Belimo Actuator Shown)
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
AI2
AO2
GND
0-10 VDC
5 (U)
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Belimo Actuator Wiring
Shown. Consult Factory For
Other Manufacturer Wiring
Instructions
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-ZoneByp-SFVFD-Wr1A.CDR
DATE: 01/09/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring Detail
1 of 1
Supply Fan VFD or Bypass Damper Actuator
Figure 22: Supply Fan VFD &amp; Bypass Damper Actuator Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
39
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
40
Zone
Zone
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Expansion,
4 Binary Input &amp; 12-Relay
Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
41
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Input Wiring
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the
expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
10 VA Minimum Power
Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
GND
Connect PR OUT To AI5 &amp;
GND To GND On VCM-X
Controller When Either Suction
Pressure Transducer Is Used
VCM-X Expansion Module
RD
+V
WH
SIG
BK
GND
Building Pressure
Transducer
+
OUT
COM
+
+
EXC
-
LOW
HIGH
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact
Plastic Tubing To Building
Pressure Sensing Locations
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact
Hood On - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Dehumidification
N.O. Contact
Economizer Damper Actuator
(Belimo Actuator Shown)
+ 2
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 1 AMP
RELAY
CONTACT
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
PR
OUT
TO
VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT
OE333-23-EM-A
EXPANSION
MODULE
MAX
@ IS
241VAC
RATING
AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
1
RELAY
CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 11AMP
RELAY
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
RELAY
2
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX
@
24
VAC
+V
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER
SIG
TRANSDUCERCONNECTION
CONNECTION
SIG
FOR
RELAY
1 3
RELAY
GND
FORHVAC
HVACUNITS
UNITSWITHOUT
WITHOUT
GND
DIGITAL
RELAY 3
DIGITALCOMPRESSOR
COMPRESSOR
RELAY 2
RELAY 4
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY
RELAY
3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
COMMON
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
BI1
BI 2
BI3
Y1 3
RELAY
RELAY11==
RELAY
RELAY33==
RELAY
RELAY22==
RELAY
RELAY44==
RELAY
1=
ITIT
IS
ISSUGGESTED
SUGGESTED
THAT
THATYOU
YOUWRITE
WRITETHE
THE
DESCRIPTION
OF
DESCRIPTION
RELAY 2OUTPUTS
= OF
THE
THERELAY
RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU
YOUARE
AREUSING
USINGIN
IN
THE
BOXES
THE
IT IS BOXES
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ABOVETHE
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE
WITH
AAPERMANENT
WITH
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY
OUTPUTS
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH
A PERMANENT
ANALOG
INPUT
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
JUMPER
SETTINGS
MUST
MUSTBE
BESET
SETAS
AS
SHOWN
SHOWNFOR
FOR
PROPER
PROPER
ANALOG
INPUT
OPERATION
OPERATION
JUMPER
SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
SETTINGS
THERM
THERM
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
4-20mA
AI1
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
0-5V
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI4
GND
GND
See Economizer
Actuator Wiring
AO1 For VCM-X
Controller
1
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
VCM-X
Module
AAON
No.:
Orion Expansion
No.:OE333-23-EM
R69190
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
PR OUT
GND
Suction Pressure Transducer
COM -
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD www.aaon.com
www.orioncontrols.com
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option
And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Not
Used, Wire Suction Pressure
Transducer Directly To VCM-X
Expansion Module As Shown.
AI2
AI1
AI2
THERM
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
AI3
THERM
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
0-5V
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY 3 =
BI1
BI1==EMERGENCY
EMERGENCYSHUTDOWN
SHUTDOWN- -N.C.
N.C.INPUT
INPUT
BI2
- -N.O.
INPUT
DIRTYFILTER
FILTER
N.O.
BI2==DIRTY
RELAY
4 = INPUT
BI3
PROOFOF
OFFLOW
FLOW- -N.O.
N.O.INPUT
INPUT
BI3==PROOF
BI4
REMOTEFORCED
FORCEDOCCUPIED
OCCUPIED- -N.O.
N.O.INPUT
INPUT
BI4==REMOTE
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING
BI1
ON FORCED
- FORCED
N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
HEATING- -N.O.
N.O.INPUT
INPUT
BI5===HOOD
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI2
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING- -N.O.
N.O.INPUT
INPUT
BI6===DIRTY
BI7
HOOD
- -N.O.
OF
N.O. INPUT
BI3
HOODON
ONFLOW
N.O.-INPUT
INPUT
BI7===PROOF
BI8
=
REMOTE
DEHUMIDIFICATION
N.O.
INPUT
=
REMOTE
FORCED
OCCUPIED
N.O.
INPUT
BI4
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
NOTE:
NOTE:
=BINARY
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
BI7
ALL
BE
24
ALL
BINARY
INPUTSMUST
MUST
BEINPUT
24VAC
VACONLY.
ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
NOTE:
AO1==BUILDING
BUILDINGPRESSURE
PRESSURECONTROL
CONTROLVFD
VFDOR
OR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
OR
2-10
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE(0-10
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
ORONLY.
2-10VDC)
VDC)
AO2
AO2==MODULATING
MODULATINGHEATING
HEATINGSIGNAL
SIGNAL
(0-10
(0-10VDC
VDCOR
OR2-10
2-10VDC)
VDC)
AO1
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
AO3
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3===BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10VDC
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL
OR
SIGNAL(0-10
(0-10VDC,
VDC,2-10
2-10 OR
VDC2-10
OR1.5-5
1.5-5 VDC)
AO2
== MODULATING
HEATING
SIGNAL
AO4
RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10
VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10
(0-10VDC)
VDC)
AO3
= MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO5
AO5==RETURN
RETURNAIR
AIRBYPASS
BYPASSDAMPER
DAMPERACTUATOR
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10
(0-10VDC)
VDC)
AO4
= RETURN
AIR
DAMPER ACTUATOR
GND
FOR
GND=(0-10
=GROUND
GROUND
FORANALOG
ANALOGOUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GND
= GROUND
GND
GROUND
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AO5
==
RETURN
AIRFOR
BYPASS
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND
GROUND
FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1
AIR
RH
(0-5
AI1==
=OUTDOOR
OUTDOOR
AIRANALOG
RHSENSOR
SENSOR
(0-5VDC)
VDC)
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2
RH
SENSOR
(0-5
=INDOOR
INDOORAIR
AIR
RH
SENSOR
(0-5VDC)
VDC)
AI2==
A3
II ==ECONOMIZER
A3
ECONOMIZERFEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
AI4
BUILDING
STATIC
PRESSURE
(0-5
THERM
THERM
AI4===OUTDOOR
BUILDINGAIR
STATIC
PRESSURE
(0-5VDC)
VDC)
THERM
AI1
RHANALOG
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
4-20mA
4-20mA
GND
==GROUND
FOR
INPUTS
4-20mA
AI3
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
INPUTS
AI4
= INDOOR
AIR RH
SENSOR
(0-5
VDC)
AI2
0-10V
AI4
0-10V
0-10V
GND
==GROUND
FOR
GROUND
FORANALOG
ANALOGINPUTS
INPUTS
GND
0-5V
0-5V
= CO2
(0-10 VDC)
AI3
0-5V
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
THERM
4-20mA
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI4
0-10V ONLY
WattMaster
24 VACI2C
POWER
I2C ANALOG
FOR
INPUTS
GND = GROUNDI2C
WattMaster
Label Label
0-5V
#LB102034-01-A I2C
WARNING! POLARITY
MUST BE
Economizer Feedback 5
Outdoor Air
Humidity Sensor
EXPANSION
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
WILL BE DAMAGED
EXPANSION #LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1KRev.: 1L
VAC OR DC
GND
0-5V
Indoor Air
Humidity Sensor
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
VIN
GND
VOUT (0-5V)
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion Board
(When Used)
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital
Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To
Copeland Controller As Shown.
2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be
Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation When You Are
Setting Up The VCM-X Controller Operating Parameters.
Copeland Digital
Compressor Controller
Suction Pressure
Transducer
P4
SHLD
P5
P3
EXC
P6
WH
P2
OUT
C1
BK
P1
COM
C2
RD
JOB NAME
REVISED: 05/12/15
S. Olson
FILENAME
OVCMX-Exp-Inputs-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Input Wiring
Figure 23: OE333-23-EM - VCM-X Expansion Module Input Wiring
42
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Output Wiring
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to
one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in
such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module
will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
GND
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum
Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion
Module
Relay Output Contacts R1 Through R4 May
Be User-Configured For The Following:
1 - Heating Stages
2 - Cooling Stages
3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV Boxes)
4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps)
5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
10 - Occupied
11 - OA Damper
12 - Heat Wheel
13 - Emergency Heat
Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available By
Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All
Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are UserConfigurable As Listed Above.
Note:
All Relay Outputs Are Normally
Open And Rated For 24 VAC
Power Only. 1 Amp Maximum
Load.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
EXPANSION
WARNING!
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
R1
R2
R3
R4
RELAY CONTACT
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT
EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 11AMP
RELAY
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
SUCTION
PRESSURE
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY
RELAY
4
COMMON
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
1=
ITRELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY 2 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE
IT ISBOXES
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH
A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY
OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
WITH
A PERMANENT
ANALOG
INPUT
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI1
AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
I2C
EXPANSION
Building Pressure
Relief Fan VFD
+
COM
Note:
1.) The Modulating
Cooling Device Used
Must Be Capable Of
Accepting Either A 0-10
VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.55.0 VDC Input. The
Modulating Cooling
Output Voltage Is User
Configurable For These
Voltages. The
Modulating Heating
Devices Used Must Be
Capable of Accepting
Either A 0-10 VDC or 210 VDC Input. The
Modulating Heating
Output Voltage Is UserConfigurable For These
Voltages. These Voltage
Outputs Must Also Be
Configured When You
Are Setting Up The
VCM-X Controller(s)
Operating Parameters.
COM
Modulating Cooling
Or Digital Scroll Compressor
(1.5 To 5, 0 To 10 Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)
+
When Copeland
Digital Compressor
Is Used, Wire Per
Copeland Digital
Compressor Wiring
Detail
AO1
AO2
AO3
AO4
COM
Return Air
Damper Actuator
(0-10 VDC)
AO5
GND
1 COM
GND
2 +
3 Y1
Return Air Bypass
Damper Actuator
(0-10 VDC)
2.) Each Modulating
Heating Or Cooling
Device Used On The
VCM-X Controller Must
Have (1) Relay Output
Configured For Each
Device Used, In Order
To Enable The
Modulating Heating
And/Or Cooling Device's
Sequence. This Relay
Output Must Be
Configured When
Setting Up The VCM-X
Controller Operating
Parameters.
1 COM
2 +
3 Y1
Belimo Actuator Wiring
Shown. Consult Factory
For Other Manufacturer
Wiring Instructions
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option And Copeland Digital
Compressor Is Used, Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To Copeland
Controller As Shown.
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Copeland Digital
Compressor Controller
RD
2 +
3 Y1
VCM
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
AO2
RETURN AIR HEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
AO4==MODULATING
(0-10
OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10VDC
VDC)
AO3
RETURN AIR COOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
AO5==MODULATING
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
(0-10 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1 == OUTDOOR
AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
GROUNDAIR
FORRH
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2 == INDOOR
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
A3I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4==OUTDOOR
BUILDINGAIR
STATIC
PRESSURE
(0-5 VDC)
AI1
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
=
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3
= CO2
(0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
Suction Pressure
Transducer
1 COM
+
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4 -=N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI1
ON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT
BI5 ==HOOD
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
FILTER
- N.O. INPUT
BI2
BI6 ==DIRTY
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
OF FLOW
N.O. INPUT
BI3
BI7 ==PROOF
HOOD ON
- N.O. -INPUT
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4
BI8 ==REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
NOTE:
BI7
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
ALL=BINARY
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
VCM-X Expansion
Module
Configurable Relay Output #1
Configurable Relay Output #2
Configurable Relay Output #3
Configurable Relay Output #4
Building Pressure Control
Damper Actuator
Modulating Heating
(0 to 10 VDC Input)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
NOTE:
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS ALL BINARY INPUTS MUST BE 24 VAC ONLY.
DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)
MUST BE SET AS
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
JUMPER
AO1
=
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
OPERATION
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3 =BUILDING
SETTINGS
DAMPER ACTUATOR (0-10 OR 2-10 VDC)
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
Either A Building Pressure
Damper Actuator Or a
Building Pressure Relief
Fan VFD Can Be Used,
P4
SHLD
P5
P3
EXC
P6
WH
P2
OUT
C1
BK
P1
COM
C2
2.) The Modulating Cooling Output Voltage Must Be Configured For 1.5
- 5 VDC Operation When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X Controller
Operating Parameters For The Copeland Digital Compressor.
JOB NAME
S. Olson
REVISED: 05/14/15
Copeland Digital Compressor Wiring Detail
FILENAME
VCMX-Exp-Outputs-1B.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Output Wiring
Figure 24: OE333-23-EM - VCM-X Expansion Module Output Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
43
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor
To VCM-X Expansion Module As Shown.
OE275-01
Suction Pressure
WARNING
OBSERVE
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification
Option And Copeland Digital
Compressor Is Not Used, Wire
Suction Pressure Transducer Directly
Connect PR
OUT To AI5 &amp;
GND To GND
On VCM-X
Controller
When The
Suction
Pressure
Transducer Is
Used
PR OUT
GND
RD
WH
BK
POLARITY
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage
to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in
such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module
will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
restored to the expansion module.
10 VA Minimum Power Required
For VCM-X Expansion Module
24 VAC
GND
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT
EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 1 1
AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
+V
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY 1
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
RELAY 4
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
+V
SIG
GND
Caution:
1.) The Schraeder Port Used For Installation
Of The Suction Pressure Transducer Should
Be Located In A Vertical Portion Of The
Suction Line To Prevent Refrigerant Oil
From Accumulating In The Sensor.
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
ABOVE
THATAYOU
WRITE THE
WITH
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH
A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN
FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
Note:
1.) If Unit Has Dehumidification Option
And Copeland Digital Compressor Is Used,
Wire Suction Pressure Transducer To
Copeland Controller As Shown On
Following Page.
THERM
4-20mA
ANALOG INPUT
AI1
0-10V
JUMPER
0-5V
SETTINGS
AI2
AI1
AI3
AI2
AI4
AI3
2.) AO3 Output Voltage Must Be
Configured For 1.5 - 5 VDC Operation
When You Are Setting Up The VCM-X
Controller Operating Parameters For A
Copeland Digital Compressor.
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
AI4 I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4 -=N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI5 == HOOD
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI1
ON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT
BI6 == DIRTY
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
FILTER
- N.O. INPUT
BI2
BI7 == PROOF
HOOD ON
- N.O. -INPUT
OF FLOW
N.O. INPUT
BI3
BI8 == REMOTE
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
ALL=BINARY
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
SMOKE INPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
BI7
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE(0-10
24 VAC
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO3
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO1 == BUILDING
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
SIGNAL (0-10
VDC, (0-10
2-10 VDC
ORVDC)
1.5-5 VDC)
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
OR 2-10
AO4 ==MODULATING
RETURN AIR HEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
AO2
(0-10VDC
VDC)
(0-10
OR 2-10 VDC)
AO5 ==MODULATING
RETURN AIR COOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
AO3
(0-10 VDC)
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
GND==RETURN
GROUND
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AO4
AIRFOR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND =(0-10
GROUND
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
AI1
=
OUTDOOR
AIR
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
AI2 ==INDOOR
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
GROUNDAIR
FORRH
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1
= OUTDOOR
RHANALOG
SENSOR INPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUNDAIR
FOR
= INDOOR
AIR FOR
RH SENSOR
(0-5
VDC)
AI2
GND
= GROUND
ANALOG
INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
GND = GROUND FOR
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
VCM-X Expansion
Module
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board(When Used)
JOB NAME
REVISED:
05/14/15
S. Olson
FILENAME
O-VCM-X-SuctP-WO-DigC-1B.CDR
DATE: 01/10/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X E-BUS Expansion Module
1 of 1
Suction Pressure Transducer w/o Digital Comp.
Figure 25: OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Without Digital Compressor Wiring
44
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor
Figure 26: OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer With Digital Compressor Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
45
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Expansion Module Binary Inputs
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the
expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is
restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
POLARITY
24 VAC
GND
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 11AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
BI1
BI2
BI3
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact BI4
Remote Forced Heating - N.O. Contact BI5
Remote Forced Cooling - N.O. Contact BI6
Hood On - N.O. Contact
BI7
Remote Forced Dehumidification
BI8
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
THAT YOU WRITE THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
MARKER (SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
N.O. Contact
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI1
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI1 = HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY
BI7
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
BI8
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
BI7 =BINARY
ALL
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1
=
BUILDING
PRESSURE
CONTROL
VFD
OR
AO3 MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10VDC
OR 2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10
VDC, 2-10
OR 1.5-5
AO2 = MODULATING
HEATING SIGNAL
RETURN AIR DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO4
(0-10
VDC
OR
2-10
VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO3 =
COOLING/DIGITAL
= MODULATING
RETURN AIR BYPASS
DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
AO5
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 ==RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
GND
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
GND =(0-10
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
AI1
AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
AI2
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
A3
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1
=
OUTDOOR
AIR
RH
SENSOR
(0-5
VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
GND = GROUND FOR
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
VCM-X Expansion Module
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-Exp-BinaryInputs1B.CDR
DATE:
PAGE
05/14/15
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Binary Inputs
Figure 27: VCM-X Expansion Module Binary Inputs Wiring
46
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
4 Binary Input Expansion Module
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to
the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until
power is restored to the expansion module.
5 VA Minimum Power Required
For 4 Binary Input Expansion
Module
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next
Expansion Board
(When Used)
24 VAC
GND
24 VAC
GND
24VAC
GND
OE356-00-BI
4 Binary
Input
Expansion
Module
VCM BIN EXP BOARD
YS102364 REV1
PWR
BI1
BI2
BI4
BI3
BI2
BI1
BI4
BI3
COM
COM
Emergency Shutdown - N.C. Contact
Dirty Filter - N.O. Contact
Proof Of Flow - N.O. Contact
Remote Forced Occupied - N.O. Contact
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-BinInput-4BIN-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/10/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Binary Inputs On 4 Binary Input Module
Figure 28: OE356-00-BI 4 Binary Input Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
47
Zone
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Zone
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor
24 VAC
GND
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
OA Humidity Sensor
POLARITY
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the
boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion
modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to
the expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative until
power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
4-20 mA
VAC or DC
GND
0-5V or 0-10V
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 11AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5
&amp;
GND
SUCTION PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
Span
Zero
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
1
2
3
4
ON
1=
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
THAT YOU WRITE THE
WITH
A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY
OUTPUTS
1
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
2
3
4
5
6
ON
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
1
AI1
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
2
3
4
SETTINGS
0-5V
ON
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
ON
Jumpers Must Be
Set as Shown
For Correct
O-5 VDC
Operation
1 &amp; 3 Are Off
2 &amp; 4 Are On
Jumpers Must Be Set as
Shown For Normal
Operation Of Sensor
1, 2, 4, 5 &amp; 6 Are Off
3 Is On
Jumper
Must
Be Set To
0-5V As
Shown
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI1 = HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY
BI7
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
BI8
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
BI7 =BINARY
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
ALL
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 =
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
AO3
= BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR
2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5
HEATING SIGNAL
AO2 =
AO4
= MODULATING
RETURN AIR DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
(0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
=
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 ==RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GND =(0-10
GROUND
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1
AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
VCM-X Expansion
Module
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-OA-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR
DATE: 05/14/15
PAGE
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor
Figure 29: OE265-13 - Outdoor Air Humidity Sensor Wiring
48
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
Indoor Wall-Mounted Humidity Sensor
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND
and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in
damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must
be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the
controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the
expansion module will cause the controller to become inoperative
until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
GND
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
Space Humidity Sensor
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 11AMP
RELAY
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
Zero Span
3
4
Vo
Gnd
2
Io
1
ON
Vin
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
SIG
GND
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
1=
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY 2 =
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE
BOXES
IT IS
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
THAT YOUABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH
A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY
OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
WITH
A
PERMANENT
ANALOG INPUT
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER
SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
1
2
3
1
4
2
3
4
5
6
ON
ON
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AI2
1
2
3
4
5
6
ON
Jumpers Must Be Set as
Shown For Normal
Operation Of Sensor
1, 2, 4, 5 &amp; 6 Are Off
3 Is On
Jumpers Must Be
Set as Shown For
Correct
O-5 VDC
Operation
1 &amp; 3 Are Off
2 &amp; 4 Are On
GND
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI1
AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
AI4
0-10V
I2C 0-5V
AI3
AI4
Jumper Must
Be Set To
0-5V As Shown
RELAY 4
RELAY 3
RELAY
COMMON
RELAY
4
EXPANSION
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI1 = HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI7
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI8
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
=
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING
N.O.
INPUT
NOTE:
BI7 =BINARY
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
ALL
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 =
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
= BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR
2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5
HEATING SIGNAL
AO2 =
= MODULATING
RETURN AIR DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO4
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL SCROLL
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
(0-10 VDC)
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AIR
BYPASS
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO5 ==RETURN
(0-10 VDC)
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1
AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
=
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4
= OUTDOOR
BUILDING AIR
STATIC
PRESSURE
AI1 =
RH SENSOR
(0-5 (0-5
VDC)VDC)
GND
GROUND
ANALOG(0-5
INPUTS
AI2 = =INDOOR
AIRFOR
RH SENSOR
VDC)
GND
GROUND
FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = =CO2
(0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
VCM-X Expansion Module
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
JOB NAME
DATE: 05/14/15
S. Olson
FILENAME
OVCMX-SPC-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Space Humidity Sensor
Figure 30: OE265-11 - Indoor Wall Mounted Humidity Sensor Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
49
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Return Air Humidity Sensor
24 VAC
GND
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
RA Humidity Sensor
POLARITY
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and
24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one
or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way
that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered
together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller
to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
4-20 mA
VAC or DC
GND
0-5V or 0-10V
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X VCM-X
INPUT
EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 1 1
AMP
RELAY
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX
@
24
VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
Span
Zero
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
1
2
3
4
ON
1=
ITRELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
2 OUTPUTS
=
THE
RELAY
YOU ARE USING IN
THE
IT ISBOXES
SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
THAT YOU ABOVE
WRITE THE
WITH
A
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY
OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH
A PERMANENT
MARKER SETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
1
2
3
4
5
6
ON
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG
INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
AI2
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
1
2
3
4
AI2
AI1
GND
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
Jumper Must
Be Set To
0-5V As Shown
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
NOTE:
AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE(0-10
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
AO3==BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
OR 2-10
SIGNAL ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC, (0-10
2-10 VDC
ORVDC)
1.5-5 VDC)
AO2
AO4==MODULATING
RETURN AIRHEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10VDC
VDC)
AO3
AO5==MODULATING
RETURN AIRCOOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4
AIRFOR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND==RETURN
GROUND
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
GND =(0-10
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1 == OUTDOOR
AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
GROUNDAIR
FORRH
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2 == INDOOR
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2CANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
ON
Jumpers Must Be Set as
Shown For Correct
O-5 VDC Operation
1 &amp; 3 Are Off
2 &amp; 4 Are On
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
FLOW4 -=N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI5==HOOD
BI1
ON -FORCED
N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6==DIRTY
FILTER
- N.O. INPUT
BI2
N.O. INPUT
BI3
HOOD OF
ONFLOW
- N.O.-INPUT
BI7==PROOF
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI8==REMOTE
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
NOTE:
SMOKE DETECTOR
- N.C.
BI7
ALL=BINARY
INPUTS MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
Jumpers Must Be Set
as Shown For Normal
Operation Of
Sensor
1, 2, 4, 5 &amp; 6 Are Off
3 Is On
VCM-X Expansion
Module
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
JOB NAME
S. Olson
DATE: 05/14/15
FILENAME
OVCMX-RA-HumSensorWr-1B.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Return Air Humidity Sensor
Figure 31: OE265-14 - Indoor Return Air Humidity Sensor Wiring
50
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback
24 VAC
GND
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
POLARITY
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VACto-24VAC. Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more
of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way that the
expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss
of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24
24 VAC
VAC POWER
POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
WattMaster Label
ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
WARNING!
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE DAMAGED
MUST BE
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
www.orioncontrols.com
Orion No.:OE333-23-EM
R69190
Economizer Damper Actuator
(Belimo Actuator Shown)
COM -
1
+ 2
CONTACT
OE333-23-EM-A
EXPANSIONRELAY
MODULE
PR
OUT
TO VCM-XVCM-X
INPUT
RATING IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RATING
IS 1 AMP
RELAY
1
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
RELAY 1
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY
RELAY
2 3
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
RELAY
RELAY
3 4
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY
RELAY
4
COMMON
See Economizer
Actuator Wiring
AO1 For VCM-X
Controller
Y1 3
Economizer Feedback 5
Title 24 Economizer
Actuator Feedback
Signal 0-10VDC
(By Others)
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
RELAY
1=
IT
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION
RELAY 2 = OF
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE
BOXES
IT
IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
ABOVE
THAT
YOU WRITE
THE
WITH A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE
RELAY
OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
WITH
A PERMANENT
ANALOG
INPUT
MARKER (SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
SETTINGS
NOTE: For
Economizer Actuator
Wiring, See AO1
Wiring For The VCM-X
Controller.
Belimo Actuator
Wiring Shown.
Consult Factory For
Other Manufacturer
Wiring Instructions
RELAY 1 =
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER
SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG INPUT
4-20mA
AI1JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI3
GND
Jumper Must
Be Set To
0-10V As
Shown
AI1
AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY 3 =
BI1 = EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN - N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
RELAY 4 =
BI3 = PROOF OF FLOW - N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI1
ON - FORCED
N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI5= =HOOD
FILTER
- N.O. INPUT
BI2
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6= =DIRTY
N.O. INPUT
BI3
HOODOF
ONFLOW
- N.O.- INPUT
BI7= =PROOF
FORCED
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4
REMOTE
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI8= =REMOTE
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6
NOTE:
= BINARY
SMOKE DETECTOR
- N.C.
INPUT
BI7
ALL
INPUTS MUST
BE
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE (0-10
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
ORONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1
=
BUILDING
PRESSURE
CONTROL
VFDSCROLL
OR
AO3 = MODULATING COOLING/DIGITAL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR
2-10
SIGNAL (0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC ORVDC)
1.5-5 VDC)
AO2
AO4= =MODULATING
RETURN AIRHEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
(0-10
VDC
OR
2-10
VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO3
SCROLL
AO5= =MODULATING
RETURN AIRCOOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPER
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4
= RETURN
AIRFOR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND
= GROUND
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GND (0-10
= GROUND
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI1 == GROUND
OUTDOOR
AIR
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
FORRH
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2 == GROUND
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
INPUTS
= INDOOR
AIR RH
SENSOR
(0-5
VDC)
AI2
GND
= GROUND
FOR ANALOG INPUTS
= CO2
(0-10 VDC)
AI3
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2CANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS Controller
VCM-X Expansion Module
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-Econo-Fdbk-1A.CDR
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
S.OLSON
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring
Figure 32: Title 24 Economizer Actuator Feedback Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
51
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator &amp; VFD
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC.
Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion
Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller
to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
10 VA Minimum
Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion
Module
POLARITY
EXC
Note: Both Types Of
Building Pressure Control
Devices Are Shown Below.
Only One Type Of Building
Pressure Control Device
(Not Both) May Be Used On
Each HVAC Unit.
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
Wiring When Using Damper
Actuator
For Building Pressure Control
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
OUT
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
Tubing To
Outdoor
Pressure
Sensing
Tubing To Location
Building
Pressure
Sensing
Location
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI4
GND
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
RELAY
COMMON
2+
VCM
3 Y1
RELAY 4 =
1=
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
THAT YOU WRITE THE
WITH
A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
I2C 0-5V
EXPANSION
Building Pressure Control
Damper Actuator
(By Others - Belimo Actuator Shown)
1 - COM
GND
COM
24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 11AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
-
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI1 = HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY
BI7
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI8
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
BI7 =BINARY
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
ALL
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
Building Pressure Control
Exhaust Fan Variable
Frequency Drive
(By Others)
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 =
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
AO3
= BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10VDC
OR 2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10
VDC, 2-10
OR 1.5-5
=
MODULATING
HEATING
SIGNAL
AO2
AO4 = RETURN AIR DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10
(0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
COOLING/DIGITAL
AO3 =
AO5
= MODULATING
RETURN AIR BYPASS
DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 ==RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GND =(0-10
GROUND
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND
=
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
AI2
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
A3
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
AO1
LOW
+
+
+
-
HIGH
+
OE258-01
Building
Pressure
Sensor
WARNING
OBSERVE
24 VAC
GND
+
Sheild
Sheild
GND
GND
_ GND
Wiring When Using Exhaust
Fan VFD
For Building Pressure
Control
Caution: The VFD Unit Must Be
Configured For 0-10VDC Input. The
Input Resistance At The VFD Must
Not Be Less Than 1000 Ohms When
Measured At The VFD Terminals With
All Input Wires Removed.
Jumper Must
Be Set To
0-5V As Shown
VCM-X Expansion Module
Note:
Wire To The VFD Using 18 GA
Minimum 2 Conductor Twisted Pair
With Shield Cable. Wire Shield To GND
As Shown.
JOB NAME
BY: S. Olson
DATE: 05/14/15
FILENAME
OVCMX-BldgPr-Wr-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Building Pressure Sensor, Actuator &amp; VFD Wiring
Figure 33: OE258-01 - Building Pressure Sensor &amp; Actuator &amp; VFD Wiring
52
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Modulating Heating Device
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to observe
polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must be wired in such a way
that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion
module will cause the controller to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
24 VAC
GND
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
Note:
1.) The Modulating Heating Device
Used On The VCM-X Controller
Must Have (1) Relay Output
Configured For It In Order To
Enable The Modulating Heating
Device's Sequence. This Relay
Output Must Be Configured When
Setting Up The VCM-X Controller
Operating Parameters. The
Modulating Heating Output’s
Voltage Can Also Be Configured
For Either 0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10
VDC In The Configuration Menu.
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 11AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
1=
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED ABOVE
THAT YOU WRITE THE
WITH
A PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
JUMPER
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG
INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AI1 JUMPER
0-10V
SETTINGS
0-5V
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI2
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI4
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
VCM-X
Expansion
Module
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI5
BI1 = HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI6
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
BI7
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI8
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
BI7 =BINARY
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
ALL
MUST
BEINPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 =
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
AO3
= BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10VDC
OR 2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10
VDC, 2-10
OR 1.5-5
HEATING SIGNAL
AO2 =
AO4
= MODULATING
RETURN AIR DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
(0-10VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
=
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 ==RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
GND =(0-10
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI1
AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
AI2
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = OUTDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI2 = INDOOR AIR RH SENSOR (0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
10 VA Minimum Power Required
For VCM-X Expansion Module
Modulating Heating Device
(0 To 10 VDC Or 2 To 10 VDC Input)
AO2
+
GND
_ GND
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
GND = GROUND FOR
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-Mod-Heat-Output-1B.CDR
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Modulating Heating Output
Figure 34: Modulating Heating Device Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
53
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Modulating Cooling Device
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure to
observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules must
be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always powered
together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
GND
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
10 VA Minimum Power Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILLBE
BE DAMAGED
MUST
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EMwww.orioncontrols.com
R69190
2.) The Modulating Cooling
Device Used On The VCM-X
Controller Must Have (1)
Relay Output Configured In
Order To Enable The
Modulating Cooling Device's
Sequence. This Relay Output
Must Be Configured When
Setting Up The VCM-X
Controller Operating
Parameters.
RELAY CONTACT
PR OE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
VCM-X EXPANSION
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
RATING
IS 11AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY 3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
RELAY 4 =
IT RELAY
IS SUGGESTED
1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
=
THE
RELAY2OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
ABOVE
THAT
WRITE THE
WITH
A YOU
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKERSETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
ANALOG INPUT
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
ANALOG 4-20mA
INPUT
AI1
0-10V
JUMPER
0-5V
SETTINGS
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
VCM-X
Expansion
Module
RELAY
COMMON
VCM
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OFRELAY
FLOW4- =N.O. INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
BI5
REMOTE
HEATING - N.O. INPUT
BI1 =
= HOOD
ON FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI6
REMOTE
FORCED
- N.O. INPUT
BI2 =
= DIRTY
FILTER
- N.O. COOLING
INPUT
BI7
HOOD ON
N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF
OF -FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI8
REMOTEFORCED
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI4 = REMOTE
OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
BI6 = REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
ALL
MUST
BE INPUT
24 VAC ONLY.
BI7 =BINARY
SMOKEINPUTS
DETECTOR
- N.C.
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1
= BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR ONLY.
2-10 VDC)
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE
24 VAC
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO1 = BUILDING
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFD
OR
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
SCROLL
AO3
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
(0-10VDC
OR 2-10
VDC) VDC)
SIGNAL (0-10
VDC, 2-10
OR 1.5-5
HEATING SIGNAL
AO2 = MODULATING
RETURN AIR DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO4
(0-10
(0-10 VDC
VDC)OR 2-10 VDC)
COOLING/DIGITAL
AO3 = MODULATING
RETURN AIR BYPASS
DAMPERSCROLL
ACTUATOR
AO5
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
AO4 ==RETURN
AIR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
GND
GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GND =(0-10
GROUND
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
AI1
AIR ANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==OUTDOOR
GROUND FOR
OUTPUTS
AI2
RH
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND==INDOOR
GROUNDAIR
FOR
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1 = =OUTDOOR
RHANALOG
SENSORINPUTS
(0-5 VDC)
GND
GROUNDAIR
FOR
AI2 = =INDOOR
AIRFOR
RH SENSOR
VDC)
GND
GROUND
ANALOG(0-5
INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
I2C ANALOG INPUTS
GND = GROUND FOR
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
Note:
1.) The Modulating Cooling
Device Used Must Be
Capable Of Accepting Either
A 0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC, Or
1.5-5.0 VDC Input. The
Modulating Cooling Output
Voltage Is User- Configurable
For These Voltages. This
Voltage Output Must Be
Configured When You Are
Setting Up The VCM-X
Controller’(s) Operating
Parameters.
AO3
+
GND
_ GND
Modulating Cooling Device
0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC or 1.5-5.0 VDC
(Configurable)
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion Board
(When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-Mod-Cool-Output-1B.CDR
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Modulating Cooling Output
Figure 35: Modulating Cooling Device Wiring
54
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Return Air Bypass
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC. Failure
to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion Modules
must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are always
powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller to become
inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
24 VAC
POLARITY
WARNING
OBSERVE
GND
10 VA Minimum Power
Required For
VCM-X Expansion Module
24 VAC POWER
24 VAC POWER ONLY
I2C
I2C
ONLY
WattMaster Label
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE EXPANSION
WARNING!
EXPANSION
#LB102034-01
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
POLARITY
WILL BE
MUST
BE DAMAGED
OBSERVED OR
THE BOARD
www.aaon.com
WILL BE
www.orioncontrols.com
DAMAGED
VCM-X Expansion Module
AAON No.:
Orion No.:OE333-23-EM
R69190
www.orioncontrols.com
Belimo Actuator Wiring
Shown. Consult Factory
For Other Manufacturer
Wiring Instructions.
CONTACT
PROE333-23-EM-A
OUT
TO VCM-XVCM-X
INPUT
EXPANSIONRELAY
MODULE
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS AI5 &amp; GND
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY CONTACT
PR OUT
TO VCM-X INPUT
RELAY
1
RATING
IS 1 AMP
GND
TERMINALS
AI5 &amp; GND
SUCTION
PRESSURE
MAX @ 24 VAC
+V
RELAY 2
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
SIG
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
RELAY 1
GND
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
RELAY 3
RELAY 2
SUCTION PRESSURE
+V
TRANSDUCER CONNECTION
RELAY 4
SIG
RELAY
3
FOR HVAC UNITS WITHOUT
GND
RELAY
DIGITAL COMPRESSOR
COMMON
RELAY
4
RELAY 1 =
RELAY 3 =
RELAY 2 =
ITRELAY
IS SUGGESTED
1=
THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF
RELAY
2 OUTPUTS
=
THE
RELAY
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
IT IS SUGGESTED
PROVIDED
ABOVE
THATAYOU
WRITE THE
WITH
PERMANENT
DESCRIPTION
OF
MARKER
(SHARPIE&reg;)
THE RELAY OUTPUTS
YOU ARE USING IN
THE BOXES
PROVIDED ABOVE
ANALOG
INPUT
WITH A PERMANENT
JUMPER
MARKER SETTINGS
(SHARPIE&reg;)
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWN FOR
PROPER
ANALOG
INPUT
OPERATION
JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS
SHOWNINPUT
FOR
ANALOG
PROPER
JUMPER
OPERATION
SETTINGS
THERM
4-20mA
ANALOG INPUT
AI1
0-10V
JUMPER
0-5V
SETTINGS
AI2
AI1
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI3
AI2
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
AI4
AI3
THERM
THERM
4-20mA
4-20mA
0-10V
0-10V
0-5V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
AI4
I2C 0-10V
0-5V
EXPANSION
RELAY
COMMON
Return Air
Damper Actuator
(0-10 VDC)
VCM
RELAY 4 =
RELAY
3=
BI1 = EMERGENCY
SHUTDOWN
- N.C. INPUT
BI2 = DIRTY FILTER - N.O. INPUT
RELAY
4=
FLOW
- N.O. INPUT
BI3 = PROOF OF
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O. INPUT
=
REMOTE
FORCED
HEATING
- N.O. INPUT
BI5
BI1 = HOOD ON - N.O. INPUT
REMOTE
FORCED
COOLING - N.O. INPUT
BI6==DIRTY
BI2
FILTER
- N.O. INPUT
HOOD OF
ONFLOW
- N.O.- INPUT
BI7==PROOF
BI3
N.O. INPUT
=
REMOTE
DEHUMIDIFICATION
- N.O.
INPUT
BI8
BI4 = REMOTE FORCED OCCUPIED - N.O.
INPUT
BI5 = REMOTE FORCED HEATING - N.O. INPUT
NOTE:
BI6
= REMOTE FORCED COOLING - N.O. INPUT
ALL
BINARY
INPUTS
MUST
BE
24
VAC
ONLY.
BI7 = SMOKE DETECTOR - N.C. INPUT
BI8 = REMOTE DEHUMIDIFICATION - N.O. INPUT
AO1 = BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL VFD OR
NOTE:
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
OR
2-10 VDC)
ALL BINARY
INPUTS
MUST BE (0-10
24 VAC
ONLY.
AO2 = MODULATING HEATING SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC OR 2-10 VDC)
AO3==BUILDING
MODULATING
COOLING/DIGITAL
AO1
PRESSURE
CONTROL VFDSCROLL
OR
SIGNALACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC, (0-10
2-10 OR
VDC
ORVDC)
1.5-5 VDC)
DAMPER
2-10
AO2
AO4==MODULATING
RETURN AIRHEATING
DAMPERSIGNAL
ACTUATOR
(0-10
OR 2-10 VDC)
(0-10VDC
VDC)
SCROLL
AO3
AO5==MODULATING
RETURN AIRCOOLING/DIGITAL
BYPASS DAMPER
ACTUATOR
SIGNAL
(0-10 VDC, 2-10 VDC OR 1.5-5 VDC)
(0-10 VDC)
RETURN
AIRFOR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
AO4
GND= =
GROUND
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
(0-10
VDC) FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS
GROUND
GND =
AO5 = RETURN AIR BYPASS DAMPER ACTUATOR
(0-10 VDC)
AI1 =
OUTDOOR
AIRANALOG
RH SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FOR
OUTPUTS
AI2 =
INDOOR AIR
SENSOR
(0-5 VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FORRH
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
A3
I = ECONOMIZER FEEDBACK
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
AI1
= OUTDOOR
AIR
RH ANALOG
SENSOR (0-5
VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FOR
INPUTS
AI2
= INDOOR
AIR RH
SENSOR
(0-5
VDC)
GND
= GROUND
FOR
ANALOG
INPUTS
AI3 = CO2 (0-10 VDC)
AI4 = BUILDING STATIC PRESSURE (0-5 VDC)
GND = GROUND FOR ANALOG INPUTS
WattMaster Label
I2CANALOG INPUTS
GND = GROUND FOR
#LB102034-01-A
EXPANSION
Rev.: 1L
VCM-X
Expansion
Module
1 COM
2 +
3 Y1
AO4
AO5
GND
1 COM
2 +
3 Y1
Return Air Bypass
Damper Actuator
(0-10 VDC)
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion
Board (When Used)
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-RA-BYP-Wr-1B.cdr
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
BY: S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Return Air Bypass Wiring
Figure 36: Return Air Bypass Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
55
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
12 Relay Expansion Module
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must be wired with GND-to-GND and 24VAC-to-24VAC.
Failure to observe polarity will result in damage to one or more of the boards. Expansion
Modules must be wired in such a way that the expansion modules and the controller are
always powered together. Loss of power to the expansion module will cause the controller
to become inoperative until power is restored to the expansion module.
Modular Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Modular Cable
Connect To Next Expansion Board
(When Used)
24 VAC
15 VA Minimum Power
GND
Required For
12 Relay Expansion
Module
Set Jumper As Shown
Below When Only The
12 Relay Expansion
Module Is Used
EXP1
EXP2
Note:
All Relay Outputs Are Normally Open
And Rated For 24 VAC Power Only.
1 Amp Maximum Load.
OE358-23-12R
12-Relay
Expansion Module
POWER
24VAC
GND
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE
OBSERVED OR THE BOARD
WILL BE DAMAGED
I2C
EXPANSION
WattMaster Label
#LB102043
RELAY
I2C
EXPANSION
EXPANSION BOARD
YS102228 REV 1
EXP1
R1
R2
R3
R4
Configurable Relay Output #1
Configurable Relay Output #2
Configurable Relay Output #3
Configurable Relay Output #4
RLY6
OE358-23-12R-A 12 RELAY EXPANSION MODULE
EXP1
EXP2
RLY1
RLY2
RLY 1 =
RLY 7 =
RLY 2 =
RLY 8 =
RLY 3 =
RLY 9 =
RLY 4 =
RLY 10 =
RLY 5 =
RLY 11 =
RLY 6 =
RLY 12 =
RLY7
RLY8
RLY COM
NOTE:
IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF THE RELAY OUTPUTS YOU
ARE CONNECTING TO THE RELAY EXPANSION
MODULE IN THE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE
USING A PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE)&reg;
FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
RLY COM
R9
Configurable Relay Output #9
R10 Configurable Relay Output #10
R11
Configurable Relay Output #11
R12
Configurable Relay Output #12
RLY9
RLY10
RLY3
RLY4
R5 Configurable Relay Output #5
R6 Configurable Relay Output #6
R7
Configurable Relay Output #7
R8
Configurable Relay Output #8
RLY5
www.orioncontrols.com
EXP2
Set Jumper As
Shown Above When
Both The 12 Relay &amp;
VCM-X Expansion
Module Are Used
Relay Output Contacts R1 Thru R12
May Be User-Configured For The
Following:
1 - Heating Stages
2 - Cooling Stages
3 - Warm-up Mode Command (VAV
Boxes)
4 - Reversing Valve (Heat Pumps)
5 - Reheat Control (Dehumidification)
6 - Exhaust Fan Interlock
7 - Preheater For Low Ambient Protection
8 - Alarm
9 - Override
10 - Occupied
11 - OA Damper
12 - Heat Wheel
13 - Emergency Heat
Note: A Total Of 20 Relays Are Available
By Adding Relay Expansion Modules. All
Expansion Module Relay Outputs Are
User- Configurable As Listed Above.
RLY11
J1
J1
EXP1
EXP2
SET JUMPER AS
SHOWN WHEN ONLY
THE 12 RELAY
EXPANSION MODULE
IS USED
EXP1
EXP2
SET JUMPER AS
SHOWN WHEN BOTH
THE VCM EXPANSION
MODULE AND THE
RELAY EXPANSION
MODULE ARE USED
RLY12
RLY COM
MADE IN USA
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-12RelayWire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/11/13
PAGE
1 of 1
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Controller Wiring Detail
12 Relay Expansion Module
Figure 37: OE358-23-12R - 12 Relay Expansion Module Wiring
56
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
Airflow Monitoring Station
Connect To
VCM-X E-BUS Port
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
ANALOG INPU
JUMPER
SETTINGS
AI1 SET
AI1
AI3
AI5
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
AI2
AI1
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
AI2
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5 SET
AI4
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI5
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI7
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
AI7 SET
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
WattMaster Label
#LB102033-01
Airflow Measurement
Digital Transmitter Terminals
For Supply Air CFM
(Set Address Switch To 11)
NET+
NETCOMM
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
Airflow Measurement
Digital Transmitter Terminals
For Return Air CFM
(Set Address Switch To 10)
I2C DIGITAL
SENSOR
I2C
EXPANSION
NET+
NETCOMM
Airflow Measurement
Digital Transmitter Terminals
For Outdoor Air CFM
(Set Address Switch To 9)
NET+
NETCOMM
OE365-15-EBA
E-BUS Adapter Board
HSSC Cable Connect To
VCM-X E-BUS Port
JOB NAME
FILENAME
OVCMX-Airflow-Station-1A.cdr
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
BY: S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
VCM-X Expansion Module
1 of 1
Airflow Monitoring Station Wiring
Figure 38: OE365-15-EBA - EBTRON&reg; GTC116 Series, GreenTrolTM GA-200-N Series, and Paragon
MicroTransEQ Series Air Flow Measurement Digital Transmitter Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
57
VCM-X Expansion Module Wiring
58
Zone
Zone
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular
VAV/Zone Controller
Diagrams
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
59
Zone
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Zone
Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring
OE325-01 Fan &amp; Reheat
Expansion Module
(See Reheat Board Wiring For
Detailed Wiring Connections)
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
SA
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
YS102252 REV 1
R4
R3
R2
R1
STAT
OE217-00 / OE217-01
Digital Room Sensor
PIC18F4520
OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02
Or OE213-02 Modular Room Sensor
Wiring When Using A Digital Room Sensor
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
MADE IN USA
PWR
Wiring When Using A Modular Sensor
Rc
AOUT
GND
Note: The Total Length Of Cable
Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.
ZONE EXPANSION
RELAYS
ANALOG
OUTPUT
Note: The Total Length Of Cable
Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.
COMM
This Expansion Module Is
Only Required For Single
Duct Terminal Units With
Reheat And All Fan
Terminal Units
EXPANSION IN
AIN
OVERRIDE
ALARM
Display
Override
GND
FMRSC Cable
ANALOG INPUT
VREF
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
TSDRSC Cable
Connect FRP Tubing (By Others) To Terminal
Unit Air Flow Pickup Tube Hi &amp; Lo Ports
(P.I. VAV/Zone Controller Packages Only)
TSDRSC Or FMRSC Cable As Required.
Select Cable Depending On Sensor(s)
Used. See Notes Above For Details
Optional - Supply Air Temperature
Sensor. Only Required When The Orion
VCM-X Controller Is Not Installed On The
HVAC Unit Connected To The Terminal
Units.Locate In Ductwork Downstream Of
The Terminal Unit
Modular Expansion Cable
Supplied With OE325-01 Expansion Module
Connector Not Used
With This Product
www.orioncontrols.com
0
OE744-31-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
Power/Comm Cable To Next
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator
Package, System Manager Or
Power/Comm Distribution Board
OE282
REC
POWER / CO
OMM
Power/Comm Cable From Previous
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator
Package, System Manager Or
Power/Comm Distribution Board
1
Damper Actuator
Damper Actuator Cable
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-MOD-Main-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE742-31 &amp; OE744-31 VAV/Zone Controller
1 of 1
Actuator Package Wiring Details
Figure 39: OE742-31 &amp; OE744-31 - Modular Zone Controller Actuator Package - P.I. &amp; P.D. Wiring
60
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package Wiring
OE325-01 Fan &amp; Reheat
Expansion Module
(See Reheat Board Wiring For
Detailed Wiring Connections)
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
SA
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
YS102252 REV 1
R4
R3
R2
STAT
OE217-00 / OE217-01
Digital Room Sensor
PIC18F4520
OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02
Or OE213-02 Modular Room Sensor
Wiring When Using A Digital Room Sensor
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
MADE IN USA
PWR
Wiring When Using A Modular Sensor
R1
Rc
AOUT
GND
Note: The Total Length Of Cable
Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.
ZONE EXPANSION
RELAYS
ANALOG
OUTPUT
Note: The Total Length Of Cable
Cannot Exceed 160 Feet.
COMM
This Expansion Module Is
Only Required For Single
Duct Terminal Units With
Reheat And All Fan
Terminal Units
EXPANSION IN
AIN
OVERRIDE
ALARM
Display
Override
GND
FMRSC Cable
ANALOG INPUT
VREF
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
TSDRSC Cable
Connect FRP Tubing (By Others) To Terminal
Unit Air Flow Pickup Tube Hi &amp; Lo Ports
(P.I. VAV/Zone Controller Packages Only)
TSDRSC Or FMRSC Cable As
Required. Select Cable
Depending On Sensor(s) Used.
See Notes Above For Details
Optional - Supply Air Temperature
Sensor. Only Required When The
Orion VCM-X Controller Is Not
Installed On The HVAC Unit
Connected To The Terminal Units.
Locate In Ductwork Downstream
Of The Terminal Unit
Modular Expansion Cable
Supplied With OE325-01 Expansion Module
Connector Not Used
With This Product
www.orioncontrols.com
0
OE744-32-VAVZ
P.I. VAV/ZONE
CONTROLLER ACTUATOR
PACKAGE
Wire To Previous And/Or Next VAV/Zone
Controller Actuator Package Or Device On The
Local Communications Loop Using 2 Conductor
Twisted Pair With Shield Cable Available From
WattMaster. All Communication Cable Used
Must Be Belden 82760 Or Its Equivalent.
OE282
T
TB2
REC
SHLD
R
T
SHLD
24 VAC
GND
R
24VAC
24VAC
GND
WattMaster Label
#LB102042-06
Rev. 01A
GND
TB3
Line
Voltage
WARNING:
When Multiple VAV/Zone Controller
Actuator Packages Are Powered
From A Single Transformer Polarity
Must Be Observed Or Damage To
The Controllers Will Result.
1
STAT
Damper Actuator
Damper Actuator Cable
24 VAC Transformer. Size As
Required For Number Of
Controllers Connected. Each
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator
Package Requires 6 VA Minimum.
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-NM-Main-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE742-32 &amp; OE744-32 VAV/Zone Controller
1 of 7
Actuator Package Wiring Details
Figure 40: OE742-32 &amp; OE744-32 - Non-Modular Zone Controller Actuator Package - P.I. &amp; P.D. Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
61
Zone
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Zone
Expansion Module Wiring
PWR
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
RC
Rc
R1
VREF
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R3
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
C2
R4
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
1st Stage Heat Contactor
C1
R2
R3
R2
C3
2nd Stage Heat Contactor
3rd Stage Heat Contactor
24 VAC Contactor(s)
Supplied &amp; Wired By Others.
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
ANALOG INPUT
1 Amp Max. Load Each
Note: 3 Stage Heating is Attained by Sizing All 3
Heating Elements For Equal KW Output. Each
Element Should be Sized for 1/3 of the Total KW
Output Required. To Achieve 3 Stage Heating the
System would be Configured to Energize Contactor
C1 for First Stage Heat. For 2nd Stage Heat the
System Would be Configured to De-energize
Typical Wiring for
Contactor C1 and Energize Contactor C2 &amp; C3. For
3rd Stage Heat the System Would be Configured to
Single Duct Terminal
Leave Contactor C2 &amp; C3 Energized and also
Energize Contactor C1.
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
PWR
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Contactor(s) Load.
24VAC
COM
GND
24VAC
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Fan Relay Load.
AOUT
COM
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
Fan Relay
Rc
R1
R2
R3
24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied &amp; Wired
By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load
R4
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
ANALOG INPUT
Typical Wiring for
Fan Terminal Unit
ANALOG
OUTPUT
PWR
GND
24VAC
AOUT
EXPANSION IN
COM
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Contactor(s) Load.
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
VDE
C2
R3
C3
Fan Relay
1st Stage Heat Contactor
C1
R4
2nd Stage Heat Contactor
3rd Stage Heat Contactor
24 VAC Fan Relay &amp; Contactor(s) Supplied &amp;
Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load Each
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
PIC18F4520
AIN
GND
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
Rc
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
R1
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
RC
R1
R2
R3
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
RELAYS
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
RC
R1
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
SA
RELAYS
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
Note: 3 Stage Heating is Attained by Sizing All 3 Heating
Elements For Equal KW Output. Each Element Should be
Sized for 1/3 of the Total KW Output Required. To Achieve 3
Stage Heating the System would be Configured to Energize
Contactor C1 for First Stage Heat. For 2nd Stage Heat the
System Would be Configured to De-energize Contactor C1
and Energize Contactor C2 &amp; C3. For 3rd Stage Heat the
System Would be Configured to Leave Contactor C2 &amp; C3
Energized and also Energize Contactor C1.
Typical Wiring for
Fan Terminal
With Electric Heat
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/12
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
1 of 6
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 41: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
62
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Expansion Module Wiring
COM
24VAC
GND
+
24 VAC Transformer
Supplied &amp; Wired by
Others. Size For
Required HW Valve Load.
PWR
GND
0-10 VDC
HWV
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
R3
R4
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
0-10 VDC Modulating
Hot Water Valve Supplied
&amp; Wired By Others
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
ANALOG INPUT
Remove Control Board
from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To Zone/VAV Controller
With Modular Cable
_
AOUT
0-10 VDC Signal
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Relay Expansion Board
Typical Wiring For
Single Duct Terminal
With Modulating Hot
Water Heat
0-10 VDC Modulating Hot Water
Valve Supplied &amp; Wired By Others
COM
24VAC
GND
+
24 VAC Transformer
Supplied &amp; Wired by
Others. Size For
Required HW Valve Load.
PWR
GND
0-10 VDC
HWV
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
24VAC
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Fan Relay Load.
COM
R3
R4
Fan Relay
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
RC
R1
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
GND
ANALOG INPUT
Remove Control Board
from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To Zone/VAV Controller
With Modular Cable
_
AOUT
0-10 VDC Signal
R1
24 VAC Fan Relay
Supplied &amp; Wired By Typical Wiring For
Others. 1 Amp Max.
Fan Terminal With
Load.
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Relay Expansion Board
Modulating Hot
Water Heat
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1B.CDR
DATE: 08/15/14
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
2 of 6
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 42: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
63
Zone
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Zone
Expansion Module Wiring
PWR
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
RELAYS
Rc
HWV
R3
R4
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
R1
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
24 VAC 2 Position HW Valve
Supplied &amp; Wired By Others. 1
Amp Max. Load.
RC
R2
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
ANALOG INPUT
Typical Wiring for
Single Duct Terminal
With 2 Position HW Valve
ANALOG
OUTPUT
PWR
EXPANSION IN
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required HW Valve &amp; Fan Relay
Load.
24VAC
GND
COM
AOUT
24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied &amp;
Wired By Others. 1 Amp Max.
Load.
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
R1
24 VAC 2 Position HW Valve
Supplied &amp; Wired By Others. 1
Amp Max. Load.
R4
HWV
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
RC
R1
R2
Fan Relay
R3
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
Rc
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VREF
GND
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove
Control Board from Snaptrack &amp;
Mount Snaptrack on Box
VDE
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
COM
SA
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove
Control Board from Snaptrack &amp;
Mount Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required HW Valve Load.
24VAC
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
Typical Wiring for
Fan Terminal With
2 Position HW Valve
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
3 of 6
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 43: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
64
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Expansion Module Wiring
PWR
GND
AOUT
SCR
AOUT
0-10 VDC SCR Electric Heat
Controller Supplied &amp; Wired
By Others
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
R3
R4
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
Typical Wiring For
Single Duct Terminal
With SCR Electric Heat
PWR
EXPANSION IN
GND
ANALOG
OUTPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove
Control Board from Snaptrack &amp;
Mount Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
GND
GND
AOUT
SCR
AOUT
0-10 VDC
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
VDE
RC
R1
24VAC
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Fan Relay Load.
COM
R3
R4
Fan Relay
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
GND
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove
Control Board from Snaptrack &amp;
Mount Snaptrack on Box
0-10 VDC SCR Electric Heat
Controller Supplied &amp; Wired
By Others
SA
RELAYS
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
R1
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
24 VAC Fan Relay
Supplied &amp; Wired By
Others. 1 Amp Max.
Load.
Typical Wiring For
Fan Terminal With
SCR Electric Heat
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE 01/16/13:
PAGE
4 of 6
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 44: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
65
Zone
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Zone
Expansion Module Wiring
PWR
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
RELAYS
Rc
COM
R3
R4
R4
Auxiliary Electric Heat Contactor
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Auxiliary Electric Heat
Contactor Load.
24VAC
R1
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
RC
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
ANALOG INPUT
C1
24 VAC Auxiliary Electric Heat
Contactor Supplied &amp; Wired
By Others. 1 Amp Max. Load.
Typical Wiring For
Single Duct Terminal
With Auxiliary
Electric Heat
ANALOG
OUTPUT
PWR
EXPANSION IN
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Fan Relay &amp; Auxiliary
Electric Heat Contactor Load.
24VAC
COM
R4
Fan Relay
R4
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
RC
R1
R3
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
Rc
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VREF
GND
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
VDE
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
SA
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
R1
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Expansion Module
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
Auxiliary Electric
Heat Contactor
24 VAC Fan Relay &amp; Auxilliary
Electric Heat Contactor
Supplied &amp; Wired By Others. 1
Amp Max. Load.
C1
Typical Wiring For
Fan Terminal With
Auxiliary Electric Heat
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
5 of 6
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 45: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
66
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Expansion Module Wiring
PWR
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Auxiliary HW Valve Load.
COM
R3
R4
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
GND
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
24VAC
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Relay Expansion Board
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
HWV
24 VAC 2 Position
Auxiliary HW Valve
Supplied &amp; Wired By
Others. 1 Amp Max. Load
PWR
GND
AOUT
MADE IN USA
WATMASTER CONTROLS INC.
SA
RELAYS
VDE
COM
R3
R4
Fan Relay
24 VAC Fan Relay Supplied
&amp; Wired By Others. 1 Amp
Max. Load.
YS102252 REV 1
ZONE EXPANSION
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
Rc
PIC18F4520
AIN
STAT
COMM
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
24 VAC Transformer Supplied
&amp; Wired by Others. Size For
Required Fan Relay &amp; Auxiliary
Hot Water Valve Load
24VAC
R1
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
R2
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VREF
GND
ANALOG INPUT
WattMaster Part # BK000047
Snaptrack Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others. Remove Control
Board from Snaptrack &amp; Mount
Snaptrack on Box
ANALOG
OUTPUT
EXPANSION IN
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
Connect To VAV/Zone Controller
Using Modular Cable Supplied
By WattMaster
Typical Wiring For Single Duct
Terminal With Two Position
Auxiliary Hot Water Heat
R1
WattMaster Part #OE325-01
Relay Expansion Board
w/ Modular Cable
Supplied by WattMaster
Mounted by Others
HWV
Typical Wiring For Fan
Terminal With Two Position
Auxiliary Hot Water Heat
24 VAC 2 Position
Auxiliary HW Valve
Supplied &amp; Wired By
Others. 1 Amp Max. Load
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-Exp-Mod-Wire-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
6 of 6
OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring Details
Figure 46: OE325-01 Expansion Module Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
67
Zone
Modular &amp; Non-Modular VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
Zone
Slaved Zone Wiring
OE520-XX-M, OE736-01, OE742-31
EXPANSION
OE267
(PL101824) BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE CARD
PAL
D'STAT
EPROM
CLOSE
ACTUATOR
OPEN
GND
FDBK
1
LD1
OPEN
CLOSE
PJ2
FROM ZONE
CONTROLLER
OE282
PROCESSOR
24 Mhz
ADDRESS
OFF
LD2
93C66
EEPROM
SPACE SENSOR
ON
CLOSE
TB2
OPEN
485
DRV
TB1
MODULAR CABLE
0
GND
REC
PJ1
TO ACTUATOR
LOW(VVT)
VELOCITY
BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE
YS101824
POWER / COMM
WDOG
AIRFLOW
PWR
STAT
HI(VAV)
MADE IN USA
WATTMASTER CONTROLS INC
HZ000095
OE523, OE738, OE282-03
SLAVED- ZONE ACTUATOR #2
(WHEN USED)
0
1
OE523, OE738, OE282-03
MODULAR CABLE
SLAVED-ZONE ACTUATOR #1
0
1
OE282
OE282
MODULAR
CABLE
BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE
YS101824
BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE
YS101824
(PL101824) BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE CARD
PJ1
HZ000095
TO ACTUATOR
HZ000095
TO ACTUATOR
(PL101824) BYPASS AND
SLAVE INTERFACE CARD
MODULAR
CABLE
PJ1
GND
TB2
TB2
GND
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
LD2
PJ2
FDBK
TB1
TB1
FDBK
GND
NOT USED FOR
THIS APPLICATION
FROM ZONE
CONTROLLER
CLOSE
PJ2
CLOSE
LD1
OPEN
LD2
NOT USED FOR
THIS APPLICATION
FROM ZONE
CONTROLLER
CLOSE
LD1
CLOSE
GND
OPEN
OPEN
CLOSE
CLOSE
JOB NAME
FILENAME
ZCAP-ZoneSlaveWire1B.CDR
DATE: 08/15/2014
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Packages
1 of 1
OE267 Slaved Zone Damper Wiring Details
Figure 47: Slaved Zone Wiring
68
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
Communication Devices
Diagrams
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
69
Communication Devices
System Manager Stand-Alone Wiring
4GB
Modular System Manager SD
Back View
NOTE: For Stand-Alone
Installations (No CommLink
or MiniLink), All TERM
Jumpers Must Be ON.
For All Applications With
CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),
All Jumpers Must Be OFF.
NOTE: If Desired A Power/Comm Board As
Used With The Networked System Can Be
Installed And Wired Instead Of Using The
Pigtail Cable Wiring Shown Below. See The
Networked System Wiring Diagram For
Details.
Use Supplied Modular Cable
With Stripped Ends For
Connection To Terminal Block
And Transformer
T
SHLD
R
WHITE (T)
DRAIN WIRE (SHLD)
BLACK (R)
RED (24 VAC)
BROWN (GND)
GREEN (GND)
Controller Board
Class 2 Transformer
Rated For 6 VA Minimum
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-ModSystemMgr-ModPigtail1E.cdr
DATE: 09/23/2013
PAGE
BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE392-12 Modular System Manager
1 of 1
Stand-Alone Wiring Details
Figure 48: OE392-12 Modular System Manager Stand-Alone Wiring
70
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
4GB
System Manager Modular Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail
OE392-12 Modular System
Manager SD
Back of Front Cover
HZ000121
Modular Pigtail Cable
Supplied With System Manager
Handy Box, Conduit,
Fittings, Wire Nuts,
Butt Splices Etc.,
(By Others)
C
VA
(24
D
RE
)
(G
GR
EE
BLACK (R)
N
N
OW
BR
T
SHLD
R
WHITE (T)
D)
N(
2-Conductor Shielded
18-Gauge
Communications Wire
GN
D)
LINE
VOLTAGE
Controller Board
Drain Wire (Shld)
Class 2 Transformer
Rated For 6 VA Minimum
(By Others)
LINE VOLTAGE
System Manager Wiring Details For Using The Pigtail
JOB NAME
DATE: 05/18/15
By: S. Olson
FILENAME
Notes:
1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes
and specifications.
2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part
number PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables.
SysMgrPigtail1C.CDR
DRAWN BY: B. Crews
DATE: 01/16/13
PAGE
DESCRIPTION:
OE392-12 Modular System Manager
1 of 1
Component Wiring Diagram
Figure 49: OE392-12 Modular System Manager SD Cable Pigtail - Wiring Detail
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
71
Communication Devices
System Manager Networked Wiring
4GB
Modular System Manager SD
Back View
All Modular Power/Comm
Cables Are To Be
WattMaster Part Number
PCC-xx Or PCCE-xx
Cables.
NOTE: For Stand-Alone
Installations (No CommLink
or MiniLink), All TERM
Jumpers Must Be ON.
For All Applications With
CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),
All Jumpers Must Be OFF.
Power/Comm Cables To
Power/Comm Distribution
Board, MiniLink Polling Device
Or VAV/Zone Controllers On
Local Loop.
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-ModSystemMgr-ModConnect-1C.cdr
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE392-12 Modular System Manager
1 of 1
Networked Wiring Details
Figure 50: OE392-12 Modular System Manager SD Networked Wiring
72
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
Modular Service Tool Connections
Male DIN Connector
Female DIN
Connector
Typical Controller Board
Connector Cable
RS-485
Port
EBC
E-BUS
Port
The Modular Service Tool Can Be
Connected To A Unit Controller
Or VAV/Zone Controller By
Plugging One End Of The
Supplied Cable Into the
Modular Service Tool DIN
Connector And The Other End
Into The DIN Connector On The
Controllers.
Modular Service Tool SD
Be Sure The Modular Service
Tool Is Connected To The
Supplied Power Pack Or Has
Fresh Batteries Installed Before
Attempting Programming Of The
Controller. Be Sure The Power Is
Turned Off On The Modular
Service Tool Before Connecting
The Cable To The Controller.
SD Memory Card
Power On Button
JOB NAME
FILENAME
G-ModServiceTool-SD-1A.cdr
DATE: 05/15/15
PAGE
BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE391-12 Modular Service Tool
1 of 1
Connection Diagram
Figure 51: OE391-12 - Modular Service Tool SD Connections
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
73
Communication Devices
To T Terminal On
VCM-X Controller
To S Terminal On
VCM-X Controller
To R Terminal On
VCM-X Controller
System Manager TS II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
To (24 VAC)
Transformer -
BLACK (R)
BARE (S)
WHITE (T)
To (24 VAC)
Transformer +
BROWN (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
WHITE (T)
BARE (S)
BLACK (R)
BROWN (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
24 VAC Transformer
5 VA Minimum
R S
Run 2 Conductor Twisted Pair
W/Shield Cable. WattMaster
WR-LL-WG-18 Cable Or
Equivalent From System
Manager TS To VCM-X
Controller
T
Line Voltage
+
1002
1002
1002
R16
R13
C9
.1uF
GND
OPT4
R7
OPT3
OPT1
C7
OPT2
R1
1002
C12
C15
1002
SW1
OFF
.1uF
.1uF
C25
R10
C1
.1uF
1002
C10
MADE IN USA
66.000Mhz
R8
1002
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
R20 C23
R34
C11
WattMaster Controls, Inc
WQVGA Graphical Interface
YS102178 R4
C14
.1uF
C26
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
X3
.1uF
C13
Run 2 Conductor 20 Ga. Minimum
Cable From System Manager TS
Terminals To 24 VAC Transformer.
NOTE: Be Sure All Dip
Switches Are Off.
R
T
1002
1002
R2
C41
1002
R41
C36
1002
D11
R32
L4
1002
1002
L1
U9
C30
C27 U10
R18
1002
1002
C28
.1uF
1002
1002
C2
C3
1002
V1
1002
R39
LTC3824
R11
1002
R49
C24
R23
.1uF
R44
+
330uF
1002
U13
.1uF
T
330uF 50V
.1uF
1002
1002
1002
.1uF
1002
D12
1002
1002
R S
1002
.1uF
1002
R37
U11
Q2
R35
1002
1002
R15
C29
R31
.1uF
D2
1002
R46
R43
R25
C31
R19
R28 R33
C32 R30
R47
C4
C50
C51
J3
1002
.1uF
C5
L5
2.5V
C40
.1uF
R48
.1uF
C39
3.3V
D1
.1uF
R40
R42
5V
TERM
8.00Mhz
1002
1002
R21
C34
R17
R26
C45 X2
1002
SERIAL #
1002
R14
RTC
CAL
J1
.1uF
R12
.1uF
C16
.1uF
1002
C18
.1uF
1002
.1uF
.1uF
C35
.1uF
1002
R29
.1uF
C8
1002
C17
C6
R36
R6
R5
.1uF
R27
1002
R9
C19
.1uF
R24
1002
1002
5V
1002
C20
R22
1002
1002
R45
TERM
OE392-10 System Manager TS II - Back View
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RELAY
COMMON
FAN
RELAY 2
RELAY 3
RELAY 4
WHITE (T)
BARE (S)
RELAY 5
T
S
BLACK (R)
NOTE: For Stand-Alone
Installations (No CommLink
or MiniLink), Both TERM
Jumpers Must Be ON.
For All Applications With
CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),
Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.
AAON No.:
V07150
VCM-X MODULAR E-BUS CONTROLLER
Orion No.:OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD-A
AI1 = SPC (SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI2 = SAT (SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI3 = RAT (RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI4 = OAT (OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
AI5 = SUCTION PRESSURE SENSOR (FROM EXP. MODULE)
AI7 = SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SLIDE ADJUST
OR VOLTAGE RESET SOURCE
A01 = ECONOMIZER (2-10 VDC OUTPUT)
A02 = SUPPLY FAN VFD (0-10 VDC OUTPUT)
R
E-BUS
CONNECTOR
ANALOG INPUT
JUMPER
SETTINGS
AI1 SET
AI3
AI5
AI4 SET
AI7
AI3 SET
AI4
AI2 SET
AI2
LED BLINK CODES
LED NAME
STATUS1
STATUS2
AI1
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
OAT FAIL
2
AI2
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
SPC FAIL
3
2
MODULE ALARM
4
2
MECH COOL FAIL
1
AI3
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
DIRTY FILTER
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
HIGH SAT
AI5
CONT. TEMP HEAT FAIL
4
4
PUSH BUTTON OVR
1
5
AI7
THERM
4-20mA
0-10V
0-5V
AI1
AI4
NORMAL OPERATION
SAT FAIL
1
1
2
2
3
MECH HEAT FAIL
2
3
FAN PROOF FAIL
3
3
4
3
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
5
3
LOW SAT
1
4
2
CONT. TEMP COOL FAIL
AI5 SET
ZONE OVR
OUTPUT FORCE ACTIVE
AI7 SET
ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS
MUST BE SET AS SHOWN FOR
PROPER OPERATION
STATIC
PRESSURE
0
WattMaster Label
#LB102073-01-A
Rev.: 1A
3
4
4
2
5
0
6
JOB NAME
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
2
IC
EXPANSION
2
IC
DIGITAL
SENSOR
FILENAME
SysMgrTS-VCM-X-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/18/13
OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD
VCM-X E-BUS Controller - Front View
PAGE
1 of 1
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews; S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE392-10 System Manager TS II
VCM-X Connections &amp; Wiring
Figure 52: OE392-10 System Manager TS II to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
74
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
GREEN (GND)
RED (24 VAC)
1002
1002
R16
1002
1002
R13
OPT3
OPT4
C41
C36
D11
1002
1002
L4
R32
R31
1002
L1
C35
C30
C27 U10
R18
1002
1002
C28
U11
Q2
1002
U9
1002
C2
C3
1002
1002
330uF
.1uF
R39
LTC3824
R11
R25
C31
R19
R28 R33
C32 R30
R49
R44
330uF 50V
1002
.1uF
1002
R15
C29
.1uF
1002
C24
1002
1002
R37
+
.1uF
1002
D12
T
.1uF
R S
1002
1002
1002
1002
R23
R35
1002
U13
1002
R46
R43
.1uF
V1
.1uF
C4
J3
R48
C5
C50
C51
.1uF
D1
R47
.1uF
2.5V
C40
.1uF
1002
L5
C39
1002
1002
C34
8.00Mhz
R40
R42
3.3V
.1uF
1002
R21
5V
C45 X2
1002
1002
J1
1002
RTC
CAL
C18
C16
TERM
.1uF
R12
.1uF
R14
T
.1uF
1002
.1uF
D2
C17
.1uF
R17
R26
.1uF
1002
.1uF
C8
1002
R
SERIAL #
R2
.1uF
C6
R36
1002
1002
R27
1002
R6
R5
1002
GND
5V
.1uF
R29
OPT2
C22
R9
C19
.1uF
.1uF
C20
R24
1002
C7
.1uF
1002
1002
Power/Comm Pigtail Cable From
VAV/Zone Controller Actuator
Package Or Power/Comm
Distribution Board
OPT1
C15
1002
R7
1002
R22
OFF
.1uF
.1uF
C25
R10
C1
.1uF
R8
66.000Mhz
1002
C12
R1
1002
.1uF
1002
SW1
R34
C9
MADE IN USA
R41
C10
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
.1uF
R20 C23
NOTE: Be Sure All Dip
Switches Are Off.
WattMaster Controls, Inc
WQVGA Graphical Interface
YS102178 R4
C14
.1uF
C26
+
.1uF
X3
BROWN (GND)
BARE (S)
WHITE (T)
T
C13
R S
C11
BLACK (R)
System Manager TS II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
R45
TERM
OE392-10
System Manager TS II
Back View
NOTE: For Stand-Alone
Installations (No CommLink
or MiniLink), Both TERM
Jumpers Must Be ON.
For All Applications With
CommLink(s) Or MiniLink(s),
Both Jumpers Must Be OFF.
JOB NAME
FILENAME
SysMgrTS-VAV-1A.CDR
DATE: 01/18/13
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews; S. Olson
PAGE
DESCRIPTION:
1 of 1
OE392-10 System Manager TS II
VAV/Zone Controller Connections &amp; Wiring
Figure 53: OE392-10 System Manager TS II to VAV/Zone Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
75
Communication Devices
CommLink 5 Connections &amp; Wiring
NOTE: A CommLink Is Always Required With A Networked Multiple Loop System.
It Is Used For Alarm Callout, Remote Computer Connection, or Direct Computer
Connection To The System Is Desired. An IP Module Is Only Required If E-Mail Alarm
Notification Or Remote Computer Connection Is Required.
DIAG
LOOP
ACT
LNK
GND
Serial #
24V
T (-)
CommLink 5
Communications Interface
R (+)
COMPUTER
USB
HIGH
LOW
10/100
ETHERNET
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
When Used With
MiniLink, Switch
Should Be Set To
Multiple.
SHLD
WARNING! If You Are Using The IP
Module With Your CommLink, Do Not
Have Your Ethernet Connection And
USB Connection Connected At The
Same Time. This Could Cause
Unreliable Communications.
BAUD
485 LOOP POWER
24 VAC Power
Optional Items
Not Required
For CommLink-Only
Installations.
18 Gauge 2 Conductor
With Shield (Not Included)
See Note 1
Connect To Controller
As Required By Your
Specific System
Wiring Instructions.
USB Cable (Included).
Connect This Cable To
Your Computer USB Port
For Direct Connection To
The CommLink 5.
120 to 24 VAC Power Pack
(Included) Connect To 120/1/60
Duplex Receptacle (By Others)
Optional - Prefabricated 10 Ft. Long CAT5
Ethernet Cable (Included With Optional OE41502 IP Module Kit). Connect To A 10/100 Base-T
Ethernet Router On Your LAN. If A Longer
Ethernet Cable Is Required, You Will Need To
Obtain (From Others) And Install An Ethernet
Cable Of The Required Length For Your
Installation.
If Desired A 24 VAC Transformer (Not
Included) Rated At 12 VA Minimum May Be
Used Instead Of The Supplied Power Pack.
Use 18 Gauge Minimum 2 Conductor Wire
Between The Transformer &amp; CommLink 5
Terminals
NOTES:
1) For Direct Connection Via USB, Your Computer Must Have An Unused USB
Port Available. Drivers For Your USB Port Are Provided On A CD Supplied With
The CommLink 5. Please Follow The Directions In The CommLink 5 Technical
Guide To Install And Configure The USB Drivers.
JOB NAME
2) The CommLink 5 Cannot Communicate With The Control System Through Its
Ethernet Port And USB Port At The Same Time.
3) All Wiring Must Conform To Applicable Federal, State &amp; Local Electrical Wiring
Codes.
FILENAME
CommLink5-Setup1A.cdr
DATE: 01/18/13
PAGE
BY: B. Crews, S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE361-13 CommLink 5
1 of 1
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
Figure 54: OE361-13 CommLink 5 Computer Connection and Wiring
76
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
IP Module Installation Instructions
IP-Module General Installation Instructions
Installing the OE415-02 IP Module into the CommLink 5
Round Pin Hole
IP Module
Socket
Location
Pin - Typ.
R
T
SH
24VAC
GND
R
rt N
R
NT
LA
IX
ON
Po
Wi
11
-EE ev.A
-6B R
1
W2
06
-89
-4A
-20
00 0-01
00
01 0
50
7
WP 72,4 n
49 aiwa
t.
Pa in T
de
Ma
IP Module (Part Of
OE415-02 IP
Module Kit). Used
When TCP/IP LAN
Or Internet
Communications
With The Control
System Is Desired.
IP Module Installation Instructions:
First Remove The Enclosure Screws That Hold
The Top And Bottom Of The CommLink
Enclosure Together. Remove The Top Half Of
The Enclosure To Access The Circuit Board And
IP Module Socket.
PIC 32
Insert The IP Module’s Guide Pins Into The
Round Pin Holes On The CommLink Circuit
Board As Shown. When The Pins Are Properly
Aligned, Press Down On The IP Module Firmly
To Seat It Into Its Socket.
After Making Sure The IP Module Is Firmly
Seated, Replace The CommLink Cover And
Secure The Enclosure Halves Back Together
With The Enclosure Screws That Were
Previously Removed.
Follow The Instructions In This Guide For
Installing The IP Module Software And
Configuring The IP Module For Your Control
System.
JOB NAME
FILENAME
IP-ModInstall1A.CDR
DATE: 01/18/13
PAGE
1 of 1
BY: S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
CommLink 5 IP Module Installation
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
Figure 55: OE415-02 IP Module Installation Instructions
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
77
Job-Site Laptop Computer
(By Others) with Prism 2 Software Installed
Type A USB
Cable End
USB Cable Assembly
(Supplied With CommLink 5)
ACT
LNK
LOOP
COMPUTER
USB
BAUD
485 LOOP POWER
Serial #
Connect Type A Cable
End To USB Port On Desktop Or
Laptop Personal Computer &amp; Type B
End To USB Port On CommLink 5.
NOTE: USB Drivers Supplied With The
CommLink 5 Must
Be Installed On Your Computer Before
The CommLink 5 Can
Be Used
Type B USB
Cable End
DIAG
10/100
ETHERNET
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
CommLink 5 (Back View)
HIGH
LOW
485 LOOP
Typical Terminal Blocks. All Wiring To Be
T To T, SHLD (G) To SHLD (G) &amp; R To R
R (+)
T
SHLD
R
CommLink 5 (Front View)
GND
T G R
SHLD
Note: Set CommLink Internal Switch To “Multi” When
MiniLink PD Is Used Otherwise Switch Must Be Set To
“Single”
T (-)
78
24V
Optional Computer Connection Diagram
FILENAME
1 of 1
PAGE
BY:
S. Olson
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
VCM-X Job Site Computer Only
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 01/04/13
O-VCMX-JS-Comp-Only-1A.cdr
JOB NAME
Connect To MiniLink PD Network Terminals
(When Used)
Otherwise Connect to VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Communications Terminal
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
(Supplied With CommLink 5)
Communication Devices
On-Site Computer Connections &amp; Wiring
Figure 56: On-Site Computer Connection
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
DIAG
ACT
LNK
10/100
ETHERNET
LOOP
COMPUTER
USB
HIGH
LOW
BAUD
T (-)
SHLD
GND
R (+)
T G R
485 LOOP POWER
24V
Serial #
T
SHLD
R
1 of 1
PAGE
BY: S. Olson
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
VCM-X IP Module Job Site Computer Connections
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 01/04/13
JOB NAME
Connect To MiniLink PD Network
Terminals (When Used)
Otherwise Connect to VCM-X E-BUS
Controller Communications Terminal
110 VAC To
24 VAC
Power Pack
(Supplied With CommLink IV)
O-VCMX-IP-Mod-Computer-1A.CDR
FILENAME
Typical Terminal Blocks. All Wiring
To Be T To T, SHLD (G) To SHLD
(G) &amp; R To R
(Back View)
MULTIPLE
SINGLE
CAT5 Crossover Ethernet Cable
(Supplied With IP Module)
Used For Setting IP Address On CommLink 5.
See IP Module Technical Guide Supplied With IP
Module For Software &amp; Installation Details. Remove
Crossover Cable After Setting IP Address And
Connect CommLink 5 To Firewall, Proxy, Router Or
Modem (By Others) As Desired Using Standard
CAT5 Ethernet Cable (By Others)
Firewall/Proxy/Router/Modem
(By Others)
Personal Computer
(By Others) with Prism 2 Software Installed
CAT5 Ethernet
Cable (By Others)
CommLink 5
w/IP Module Installed
(Front View)
CAT5 Ethernet
Cable (By Others)
485 LOOP
CAT5 Ethernet
Cable (By Others)
To Next Node On
Building LAN Or WAN
Optional Computer Connection Diagram
Using IP-Module For Job-Site Location Connection
Communication Devices
Remote Job-Site Computer Connections &amp; Wiring
Figure 57: Remote Job-Site Computer Connection
79
80
NETWORK
STAND ALONE
USB Cable
Supplied With
USB-Link
Connect Type B Cable End To
USB Port On USB Link.
Communication Switch
Must Be Set To Stand Alone
Or Network Depending On
Your Installation.
USB-Link 2
Communication Speed Switch
Must Be Set To Low or High Speed
Depending on Your Controller’s
Baud Rate.
Connect Mini-DIN Cable End To
Mini-DIN Port On USB-Link.
Connect The USB-Link
Mini-DIN Cable To The Female
Mini-DIN Plug Connector On Controllers
That Are Supplied
With Them. NOTE: This Allows
Communications With All
Controllers That Are
Connected To The System.
See Note 1.
Mini-DIN Cable
Supplied With USBLink
Computer
(By Others)
With Prism II
Software
Installed
VCM-X Unit Controller
Controller With
Mini-DIN Plug
24 VAC
(8 VA)
T
SHLD
R
PL101905 Adapter
Supplied With USB-Link
T
SHLD
R
FILENAME
1 of 1
PAGE
BY: S. Olson
Wiring &amp; Connection Diagram
VCM-X Job Site USB-Link 2
DESCRIPTION:
DATE: 01/04/13
O-VCMX-JS-USBLINK2-1A.CDR
JOB NAME
Even Without The EPROM Upgrade You Can Still View A Single Controller Using Prism II.
To Do This You Must First Disconnect The Communication Loop From The Controller Your USB-Link Is
Plugged Into. Set The USB-Link Communication Switch To Stand Alone, Set The Type Of CommLink In
Prism II To USB Link Stand Alone, And Cycle Power By Disconnecting And Reconnecting the USB Power
Supply Cable.
Notes:
1. For Networked Systems, In The Event That You Have A CommLink II or CommLink III
And Have An EPROM Software Version Earlier Than 3.15 Installed In The CommLink, Or Your MiniLink
Has An EPROM Software Version Earlier Than 3.14, You Will Need An EPROM Upgrade Before You Can
View All Controllers On Your System. Contact WattMaster Technical Support For An EPROM Update.
If You Have A CommLink IV This WIll Not Be A Problem.
Use The PL101905 Adapter And Wire To A Terminal Block
To Connect The USB-Link To The Local Communications Loop
On Boards That Don’t Have A Female Mini-DIN Plug Connection.
NOTE: This Allows Communications With All Controllers
That Are Connected To The System. See Note 1.
Mini-DIN Cable
Connect Type A Cable End To
USB Port On Desktop Or Laptop
Personal Computer.
NOTE: USB Drivers Supplied With The USBLink 2 Must Be Installed On Your Computer
Before USB-Link 2 Can Be Used.
Line Voltage
PL101904 Adapter
Supplied With USB-Link
Use The PL101904 Adapter To Plug In To A Terminal Socket And Connect
The USB-Link On Boards That Don’t Have A Female Mini-DIN Plug Connection.
NOTE: This Only Allows Communications With The Board It Is Connected To.
Mini-DIN Cable
Optional USB-Link 2 Connection Diagram
Communication Devices
USB-Link 2 Computer Connections &amp; Wiring
WARNING
OBSERVE
POLARITY
Figure 58: Computer Connections Using USB-Link 2
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
U12
GND
R27
0-10V
OFF=0-5V
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
Not Used
R25
R26
24VAC
P4
LD6
R1
1
U15
LOCAL LOOP
PROC.
DRIVER
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
CX14
R
LD4
U6
P2
D4
CX2
VREF
Note: All Communication Wiring Not Utilizing Modular Cable
Assemblies Should Be Wired Using 18 Ga. Min. 2 Conductor
Twisted Pair With Shield Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.
RN3
RN2
CX1
CX6
ADD
MiniLink PD
To Be Connected
To CommLink.
U7
CX7
C9
U11
R3
Connect To
P3 or P5
Connector
On Previous
Minilink PD
SW1
R30
R29
R28
X2
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
Communication
Wiring To Be Wired
T to T, SHLD (G) to
SHLD (G) &amp; R to R
U10
HVAC Unit
CommLink
Controller
Terminals
Terminals
(See Note 3) Only One
SHLD
Power/Comm Board
“IN” Modular
Connector
(See Note 3)
Rated For
6 VA Load
Minimum
24 VAC
Class 2
Transformer
C11
THERM
4-20mA
AIN2
U13
R4
V1
R31
C8
AIN1
+5V
D1
R24
C3
C1
Controller
Address Switch
ADD
1
2
4
8
16
32
FILENAME
1 of 2
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
DESCRIPTION:
B. Crews
Component Wiring Diagram
OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device
DATE: 02/03/04
O-MiniLinkPolDevWr1A.CDR
JOB NAME
3) Connection To The Power/Comm Board And/Or Other MiniLink PDs Can Be
Made By Using The Local Loop Modular Connector As Shown On Page 1 Or
By Using 2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires As Shown On
Page 2. Connections To The HVAC Unit Controller Must Be Made By Using
2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires Only.
2.) All Modular Power/Comm Cables Are To Be WattMaster Part
Number PCC-XX Or PCCE-XX Cables.
1.) All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical
Codes And Specifications.
Notes:
Caution
Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
MiniLink PD Before Removing Power From The MiniLink
PD. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect
Communication Loop Wiring.
Note:
The Power To The MiniLink PD Must Be Removed And
Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch
Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
Address Switch Shown Is
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 1
Set For Address 13
The Address For Each MiniLink PD
Must Be Unique To The Other MiniLink PDs
On The Network Loop And Be Between 1 and 60
Connect To
P3 or P5
Connector
On Next
Minilink PD
C10
This Switch Should Be
In The OFF Position
As Shown
D
Line Voltage
D5
C7
TB2
POWER
GND
EPROM
U3
TB1
CX3
24VAC
CX2
AIN 2
RAM
U4
LED 2
AIN 1
CX13
T
CX15
COMM
IN
U5
CX4
LED 1
T
U2
CX5
RV1
SHLD
C3
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
GND
R2
CX1
SHLD
WDOG
PHILIPS
X1
R
U14
485 LOOP
T G R
R
CX6
U1
C2
P1
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
T
TB3
P3
P5
D
AD
1
2
4
8
16
32
AD
TB4
U1
OFF
U6
C4
MiniLink Polling Device - Wiring Using Power/Comm Cables
Communication Devices
MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors
Figure 59: OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Modular Connectors
81
X1
U12
R27
0-10V
OFF=0-5V
AIN2
THERM
0-10V
4-20mA
Not Used
CX15
P4
LD6
1
LOCAL LOOP
PROC.
DRIVER
LOOP
DRIVER
LD5
NETWORK
DRIVER
NETWORK
LOOP
SHLD
R
RN3
R30
R29
R28
X2
X1
R3
ADD
Connect To
Previous MiniLink
PD TB4 Terminal
Or CommLink
Terminals
C3
C10
C1
CX1
CX6
This Switch Should Be
In The OFF Position
As Shown
1
2
4
8
16
32
Caution
Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
MiniLink PD Before Removing Power From The MiniLink
PD. Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect
Communication Loop Wiring.
Note:
The Power To The MiniLink PD Must Be Removed And
Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch
Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
Controller
Address Switch
Address Switch Shown Is
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 1
Set For Address 13
The Address For Each MiniLink PD
Must Be Unique To The Other MiniLink PDs
On The Network Loop And Be Between 1 and 60
ADD
Connect To
TB4 Terminals
On Next
Minilink PD
T
SHLD
R
2 of 2
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
DESCRIPTION:
B. Crews
Component Wiring Diagram
OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device
DATE: 02/03/04
O-MiniLinkPolDevWr1A.CDR
FILENAME
3) Connection To The Power/Comm Board And/Or Other MiniLink PDs Can Be Made By Using
The Local Loop Modular Connector As Shown On Page 1 Or By Using 2 Conductor With
Shield Communication Wires As Shown On Page 2. Connections To The HVAC Unit
Controller Must Be Made By Using 2 Conductor With Shield Communication Wires Only.
JOB NAME
2.) All Modular Power/Comm Cables Are To Be WattMaster Part Number PCC-XX Or
PCCE-XX Cables.
1.) All Wiring To Be In Accordance With Local And National Electrical Codes And
Specifications.
Notes:
All Communication
Wiring To Be Wired
T to T, SHLD (G) to
SHLD (G) &amp; R to R
SW1
SHLD
Only One
MiniLink PD
To Be Connected
To CommLink.
C9
U11
T
R26
CX2
Note: All Communication Wiring Not Utilizing Modular Cable
Assemblies Should Be Wired Using 18 Ga. Min. 2 Conductor
Twisted Pair With Shield Belden #82760 Or Equivalent.
HVAC Unit
Controller
Terminals
(See Note 3)
LD4
RN2
CX7
YS101900PMINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
R
Power/Comm Board
“IN” Terminals
(See Note 3)
Rated For
6 VA Load
Minimum
24 VAC
Class 2
Transformer
C11
THERM
4-20mA
AIN1
C8
U6
U10
U7
D
Line Voltage
D5
C7
U15
VREF
R4
V1
R31
R25
24VAC
POWER
D4
TB1
CX13
LED 2
GND
D1
R24
LED 1
+5V
EPROM
U3
24VAC
CX3
GND
RAM
U4
TB2
CX4
AIN 1
CX2
AIN 2
U5
GND
U13
R1
U2
CX5
RV1
SHLD
C3
C1
PROCESSORPBOARD
YS101818P552
T
CX14
T
TB3
R2
SHLD
WDOG
CX1
X1
R
U14
485 LOOP
T G R
R
CX6
PHILIPS
T
P3
P5
D
AD
1
2
4
8
16
32
AD
TB4
U1
OFF
U6
U1
C2
P1
82
C4
MiniLink Polling Device - Wiring Using Standard Communication Wire Instead Of Power/Comm Cables
Communication Devices
MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals
Figure 60: OE364-22 MiniLink Polling Device Wiring Using Wire Terminals
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Communication Devices
Power/Comm Board Wiring For Local Loops
WARNING!
DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER
THAT IS TO BE USED WITH THE POWER/COMM
BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE TRANSFORMER
WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD
AND ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A
SEPARATE TRANSFORMER MUST BE USED
FOR EACH POWER/COMM BOARD. NO
EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER
DEVICES TO THE TRANSFORMER USED FOR
THE POWER/COMM BOARD!
Power/Comm Cable From Other Power/Comm Board,
System Manager, Or Modular VAV/Zone Controller On Local Loop
If This Is The First Power/Comm Board On The Local Loop,
No Connection Is Required. See Note 2.
Connect To Modular VAV/Zone Controller
If This Is First Power/Comm Board
On Local Loop - Otherwise No
Connection Is Required. See Note 2.
Line Voltage
Local Loop RS-485
9600 Baud
24VAC
24VAC Transformer (By Others)
See System Configuration Installation &amp;
Commissioning Section Of This Manual
For Detailed Sizing Information
4 Amp Slow Blow Fuse
All Comm Loop Wiring Is
Straight Thru
T
SH
R
T
SH
R
T
SH
R
T
SH
R
COMMP IN
TB1
P2
TB2
C1
LD1
T
SHLD
R
25
F1
4A
V1
R1
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
POWER
D1
P5
P4
P3
P1
No MinLink PDs Can Be
Connected To The Same
Power/Comm Board(s) That
Are Used To Supply Power
And Communications For
Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers And System
Manager On The Local Loop.
24
VAC
CAUTION!
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
Note:
Diagram Shown Is For Wiring Of
Power/Comm Board When Used
For Connecting Local Loop Devices
Such As Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers, System Manager(s) and
Other Power/Comm Boards. See
Page 2 Of This Drawing For Wiring
When Power/Comm Board Is Used
For Connection Of MiniLink Polling
Devices On The Network Loop.
Local Loop RS-485
9600 Baud
Power/Comm Cable To Other Power/Comm Board(s),
System Manager, Or Modular VAV/Zone Controllers On Local Loop Only.
JOB NAME
Notes:
1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes
and specifications.
2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part number
PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables. All other communication wiring to be 2
conductor twisted pair with shield (Belden #82760 or equivalent).
FILENAME
O-Pwr-CommWire1A.CDR
DATE: 02/11/2004
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
OE365-01 Orion Power/Comm Board
1 of 2
Local Loop Wiring Diagram
Figure 61: OE365-01 Power/Comm Board Wiring When Used For Local Loop Devices
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
83
Communication Devices
Power/Comm Board Wiring - When Used For Network Loop Devices
Comm/Power Cable From Other Power/Comm
Board Used For Connecting MiniLink PDs Or Previous MiniLink
PD On Network Loop. If This Is The First Power/Comm Board
On The Network Loop, This Power/Comm Cable Connection Is
Not Required. Instead Use The 3 Pole Terminal Block
Communication Connection As Shown Below And Connect
To The CommLink. See Note 2.
WARNING!
DO NOT GROUND THE 24V TRANSFORMER
THAT IS TO BE USED WITH THE POWER/COMM
BOARDS. GROUNDING OF THE TRANSFORMER
WILL DAMAGE THE POWER/COMM BOARD
AND ALL BOARDS CONNECTED TO IT. A
SEPARATE TRANSFORMER MUST BE USED
FOR EACH POWER/COMM BOARD. NO
EXCEPTIONS. DO NOT CONNECT ANY OTHER
DEVICES TO THE TRANSFORMER USED FOR
THE POWER/COMM BOARD!
Use To Connect CommLink When
This Is the First Power/Comm Board
On The Network Loop. Otherwise No
Connection Is Required. See Note 2.
All Comm Loop Wiring Is
Network Loop RS-485
Straight Thru
192000 Baud
T
T
T
T
Line Voltage
24VAC
SH
R
24VAC Transformer (By Others)
See System Configuration Installation &amp;
Commissioning Section Of This Manual
For Detailed Sizing Information
4 Amp Slow Blow Fuse
SH
R
SH
R
SH
R
COMMP IN
TB1
P2
TB2
C1
LD1
T
SHLD
R
25
F1
4A
V1
R1
POWER &amp; COMM
DIST. BOARD
YS101856
REV. 0
POWER
D1
P5
P4
P3
P1
POWER &amp; COMM
OUT
No Local Loop Devices
(Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers, System
Manager(s) Etc.) Can Be
Connected To The Same
Power/Comm Board(s) That
Are Used To Supply Power
And Communications For
MinLink PDs On The
Network Loop.
24
VAC
CAUTION!
Note:
Diagram Shown Is For Wiring When
Power/Comm Board Is Used For
Connection Of MiniLink Polling
Devices On The Network Loop.
For Wiring Of Local Loop Devices
Such As Modular VAV/Zone
Controllers, System Manager(s) and
Other Power/Comm Boards On The
Local Loop See Page 1 Of This
Drawing For Wiring .
Network Loop RS-485
19200 Baud
Connect Power/Comm Cables To Other Power/Comm Distribution Board
Or MiniLink PDs On The Network Loop Only.
JOB NAME
Notes:
1.) All wiring to be in accordance with local and national electrical codes
and specifications.
2.) All modular power/comm cables are to be WattMaster part number
PCC-xx or PCCE-xx cables. All other communication wiring to be 2
conductor twisted pair with shield (Belden #82760 or equivalent).
FILENAME
O-Pwr-CommWire1A.CDR
DATE: 02/11/2004
PAGE
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
OE365-01 Orion Power/Comm Board
2 of 2
Network Wiring Diagram
Figure 62: OE365-01 Power/Comm Board Wiring When Used For Network Loop Devices
84
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
Add-On Devices Diagrams
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
85
Add-On Devices
Lighting Panel Wiring For Standard Lighting Contactors
Required VA For Transformer
Each Controller = 25VA Max.
See Note 1
Caution: If Lighting Contactor Coil Current
Draw Is More Than 2 Amps And/Or Does
Not Use A 24VAC Coil, A Pilot Duty Relay
That Has A Current Draw Of Less Than 2
Amps @ 24VAC Must Be Used To Energize
The Lighting Contactor. A Separate
Transformer Rated For The Total Lighting
Contactor(s)Or Pilot Relay Current Draw
Must Always Be Used To Power The Circuit.
Light Sensor (Optional)
Line Voltage
SIG
+5V
Line Voltage
24V
Lighting Contactors Or
Pilot Duty Relays
(By Others)
Light Circuit 4
Light Circuit 5
C2
K2
C3
K3
C4
K4
C5
K5
C6
K6
C7
K7
Override Circuit #1
Override Circuit #2
Override Circuit #3
Override Circuit #4
Override Circuit #5
Override Circuit #6
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
A1
A2
G
EPROM
Light Circuit 3
K1
RAM
Light Circuit 2
CPU
C1
GND
GND
GND
Light Circuit 1
Momentary Pushbuttons
(Optional)
ANALOG
INPUTS
+V
+V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
G
G
24VAC
Override Circuit #7
PIN 1
PIN 1
Light Circuit 6
PAL
T
Light Circuit 7
Note:
! All Circuit Board Contacts Are N.O.
! All Contacts Are Rated For 2 Amps @
24VAC Pilot Duty Only
! Do Not Apply Any Voltage Greater Than
24VAC
SH
R
T
SH
R
Local Loop RS-485
Communications To Other
Controllers On The Local
Loop
OE310-21-LP
Lighting Panel Controller
Note:
Set-up, Programming And Monitoring Of The Lighting
Panel Controller Requires The Use Of A Personal
Computer And Prism Software.
All Lighting Contactors
Must Be Wired For N.C.
Operation So That System
Fails To Lights On Mode.
This Switch Must Be
In The ON Position
As Shown
These Switches Should Be
In The OFF Position
As Shown
ADD
The Address For Each Controller
Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers
On The Local Loop
AD
1
2
4
8
16
D
D
AD
Controller
Address Switch
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 1
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 13
Caution!
Controller Must Have Address Switch Set Between 1 And 60
JOB NAME
FILENAME
1.)24 VAC Must Be Connected So
That All Ground Wires Remain
Common.
2.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With
Local And National Electrical Codes
and Specifications.
3.)All Communication Wiring To Be 18
Ga. Minimum, 2 Conductor Twisted
Pair With Shield. Belden #82760 Or
Equivalent.
4.)It Is Recommended That All
Controllers Address Switches Are
Set Before Installation.
W-LightingPnlStd1.CDR
DATE: 05/12/04
PAGE
1
C
O
N
T
DRAWN BY:
R
O
L
S
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
OE310-21-LP Lighting Panel Controller Wiring
Using Standard Lighting Relays
Figure 63: OE310-21-LP Lighting Panel Controller Wiring
86
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
GPC-X Controller Wiring
Figure 64: OE332-23-GPCX GPC-X Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
87
Add-On Devices
GPC-X Controller - Address Switch Setting
Figure 65: OE332-23-GPCX GPC-X Controller Addressing
88
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
GPC-XP Controller Wiring
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP Controller
All Communication Loop Wiring Is
Straight Through
24VAC Power
For Relay Outputs
T To T, R To R, SHLD To SHLD
Connect To Next Device
On The Local Loop
Local Loop RS-485
9600 Baud
YS102432 REV 3
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
T-
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
SH
www.wattmaster.com
TB1
ON BOA
COMMLI
CONNEC
R38
BIN1
D6
D7
D8
R51
D10
BIN8
D13
CUT TO ISOLATE
COM FROM GND
COM
COM
COM
0-5v
0-10v
COMMON
TB2
RELAY 6
RLY 2 =
RLY 6 =
RELAY 7
RLY 3 =
RLY 7 =
RELAY 8
RLY 4 =
RLY 8 =
COMMON
RELAY
OUTPUTS
TB4
AI1 =
BI1 =
AO1 =
AI2 =
BI2 =
AO2 =
AI3 =
BI3 =
AO3 =
AI4 =
BI4 =
AO4 =
AI5 =
BI5 =
AI6 =
BI6 =
AI7 =
BI7 =
AI8 =
BI8 =
RLY1
RLY2
RLY3
RLY4
COMMON
SERIAL #
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
R74
U17
1002
ANALOG
INPUT
JUMPERS
LED BLINK CODES
LED NAME
AOUT1
STATUS1
STATUS2
0
0
1
2
AOUT2
.1uF
AOUT3
C36
R97
Analog Outputs AOUT1 through
AOUT4 Provide (4) 0-10 VDC
Outputs Configured For The
Following:
1. Not Configured
2. Direct Acting Floating Point
3. Reverse Acting Floating Point
4. Direct Acting PID
5. Reverse Acting PID
1002
NORMAL OPERATION
SCHEDULE OVERRIDE
AOUT4
U19
AOUT 3-4
AI2
AI1
GND
AI5
AI3
AI2
NOTES:
1.) ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE
SET FOR YOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE
REQUIREMENT.
AI6
AI3
AI7
AI4
AI5
AI6
GND
GND
AI6
C46
TB6
GND
2.) IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF THE INPUT, AND/OR
OUTPUTS YOU ARE CONNECTING TO THE
CONTROLLER IN THE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE
&reg;
USING A PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
AI5
GND
GND
.1uF
STATUS1
AI4
AI8
AI7
STATUS2
EBUS
POWER
.1uF
AI8
GND
1002
1002
1002
GND
+ 24 VAC
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
USB
PORT
E-BUS
PORT
WattMaster Label
#LB102095
Rev.: 1C
1002
1002
1002
1002
LOOP
BAUD
+5V
+ 24 VDC
+ 5 VDC
GND
1002
1
2
4
8
16
32
1
2
1002
VDC
OUTPUTS
AI8
+24V
1002
R16
R14
ADD
AI7
TB7
VDC
OUTPUTS
R21
R109
C21
ADDRESS
1002
1002
GND
SW1
TB8
C14
.01uF
GND
24 VAC Must Be Connected So That All
Ground Wires Remain Common. Failure To
Do So Will Result In Damage To The
Controller
24 VAC
5 VDC &amp; 24VDC
Power For
Sensors
Warning:
2.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With
Local And National Electrical Codes
and Specifications.
RLY4
RELAY 5
RLY 5 =
RLY 1 =
AI3
AI4
RLY3
RELAY 4
AOUT 1-2
AI1
AI2
THERM
4-20 mA
TB3
Analog Inputs AI1Through AI8
Configured For the Following:
1. Thermistor 10K Ohm Type III
Temperature Sensors (Fahrenheit)
2. Thermistor 10K Ohm Type III
Temperature Sensors (Celsius)
3. 4 - 20mA User Scaled
4. 0 - 5 vdc User Scaled
5. Wall Sensor Slide Offset
6. Read Global Analog Broadcast from
another Controller
7. Communicating Temperature Sensor
8. Communicating Humidity Sensor
9. Communicating Carbon Dioxide
NOTES:
1.)24 VAC Must Be Connected So
That All Ground Wires Remain
Common.
300
300
COM
AI1
Jumpers - Typical
Jumpers Must Be Set
Correctly For The Type Of
Input You Require.
300
R61
D12
R59
D11
BIN7
RELAY 3
300
R55
BIN6
RLY2
COMMON
300
300
D9
BIN5
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP CONTROLLER
300
BIN4
ANALOG
INPUTS
MADE IN USA
RLY1
RELAY 2
300
R41 R43 R47
BIN2
0-5V
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
BINARY
INPUTS
BIN3
Binary Inputs BIN1Through BIN8
Configured for The Following:
1. Not Used
2. Normally Closed Operation
3. Normally Open Operation
4. Read Global Binary
5. Push-Button Override
6. Follow Relay
WATTMASTER CONTROLS
RELAY 1
R+
CommLink Jumpers
Both On = Use On Board CommLink
Both Off - Use External CommLink
8 Relay Outputs Are Available For
On/Off Control Of Equipment
Configured For the Following:
1. Not Configured
2. On Above / Off Below
3. On Above / On Below
4. Off Above / On Below
5. Off Above / Off Below
6. Follow Active Binary Input
7. Follow Inactive Binary Input
8. Follow Relay Output
9. Follow Schedule
10. Ventilation Control
11. Lead Relay for Lead/Lag Control
12. Lag Relay for Lead/Lag Control
LOOP COMM
Line Voltage
24 VAC
Transformer
8 VA
Minimum
ADDRESS Dipswitch
is Used for Setting
the Address and
Baud Rate.
EBC E-BUS Cable
Connect to
Communicating Sensor
USB Cable
Connect to Computer with
Prism II Software Installed For
Stand-Alone Programming
3.)All Communication Wiring To Be 18
Ga. Minimum, 2 Conductor Twisted
Pair With Shield. Belden #82760 Or
Equivalent.
4.)It Is Recommended That The
Address Switch Is Set Before
Installation.
JOB NAME
FILENAME
GPCXP-CNTRLWire-1A.CDR
DATE:
PAGE
1 of 1
12/27/12
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE332-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP Controller Wiring
Figure 66: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
89
Add-On Devices
GPC-XP Controller Addressing &amp; Baud Rate Selection
Caution:
Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller.
Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication
Loop Wiring.
Note:
The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And
Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch
Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP Controller
BAUD RATE SELECTION
Baud
Communication Setting
Switch 7 Switch 8
LOOP COMM
YS102432 REV 3
T-
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
SH
ON BOA
COMMLI
CONNEC
R38
BIN1
D6
RLY1
www.wattmaster.com
RELAY 2
RLY2
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP CONTROLLER
RELAY 3
RLY3
RELAY 4
RLY4
300
R41 R43 R47
BIN2
D7
BIN3
D8
D9
R51
BIN5
D10
D12
300
R61
BIN7
300
R59
D11
300
R55
BIN6
300
BIN8
D13
COM
CUT TO ISOLATE
COM FROM GND
COM
COM
COM
0-5v
0-10v
AI1
AI2
RLY 5 =
RELAY 6
RLY 2 =
RLY 6 =
RELAY 7
RLY 3 =
RLY 7 =
RELAY 8
RLY 4 =
RLY 8 =
COMMON
AI1 =
BI1 =
AO1 =
AI2 =
BI2 =
AO2 =
AI3 =
BI3 =
AO3 =
AI4 =
BI4 =
AO4 =
AI5 =
BI5 =
AI6 =
BI6 =
AI7 =
BI7 =
AI8 =
BI8 =
AI3
AI4
AI3
AI6
AI4
R74
U17
STATUS1
STATUS2
0
0
1
2
AOUT2
.1uF
AOUT3
1002
AOUT4
U19
AI5
GND
GND
.1uF
C46
TB6
GND
EBUS
POWER
AD
D
1002
GND
+ 24 VAC
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
USB
PORT
E-BUS
PORT
WattMaster Label
#LB102095
Rev.: 1C
1002
1002
1002
1002
1002
LOOP
BAUD
+5V
1002
1
2
4
8
16
32
1
2
1002
VDC
OUTPUTS
+ 24 VDC
+ 5 VDC
GND
1002
ADD
1002
AI7
AI8
1002
R16
R14
ADDRESS
GND
+24V
R21
R109
C21
D
AI8
AD
AI7
STATUS2
.1uF
VDC
OUTPUTS
1
2
4
8
16
32
Baud 0
Baud 1
1
2
4
8
16
32
Baud 0
Baud 1
AOUT1
C36
R97
Address 5 @ 57,600 Baud
ADD
Address 1 @ 9600 Baud
ADD
STATUS1
AI6
TB7
CommLink 5 &amp; Stand Alone
COMMON
2.) IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF THE INPUT, AND/OR
OUTPUTS YOU ARE CONNECTING TO THE
CONTROLLER IN THE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE
&reg;
USING A PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
AI5
AI6
ON
RLY4
NOTES:
1.) ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE
SET FOR YOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE
REQUIREMENT.
GND
GND
OFF
RLY3
LED BLINK CODES
AI4
57600
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
LED NAME
AI2
CommLink IV
SERIAL #
NORMAL OPERATION
SCHEDULE OVERRIDE
AI3
AI8
GND
RLY2
AI1
AI5
AI7
TB4
AOUT 3-4
AI2
OFF
TB2
RELAY
OUTPUTS
RLY1
1002
ANALOG
INPUT
JUMPERS
OFF
COMMON
RELAY 5
RLY 1 =
AOUT 1-2
AI1
THERM
ANALOG
INPUTS
4-20 mA
TB3
COMMON
300
300
300
BIN4
9600
MADE IN USA
RELAY 1
0-5V
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
BINARY
INPUTS
WATTMASTER CONTROLS
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
R+
TB1
1002
GND
SW1
TB8
C14
Controller
Address Switch
.01uF
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 1
Address Switch Shown Is
Set For Address 13
The Address For Each Controller
Must Be Unique To The Other Controllers
On The Local Loop And Be Between 1 and 59
JOB NAME
FILENAME
GPCXP-AddressSwitchSet-1A.CDR
DATE:
PAGE
1 of 1
DRAWN BY:
12/27/12
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE332-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP Controller Address &amp; Baud Rate
Figure 67: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller Addressing &amp; Baud Rate Selection
90
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink Setting
Caution:
Disconnect All Communication Loop Wiring From The
Controller Before Removing Power From The Controller.
Reconnect Power And Then Reconnect Communication
Loop Wiring.
Note:
The Power To The Controller Must Be Removed And
Reconnected After Changing The Address Switch
Settings In Order For Any Changes To Take Effect.
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP Controller
LOOP COMM
YS102432 REV 3
T-
WATTMASTER CONTROLS
RS-485 COMMUNICATION LOOP. WIRE
“R” TO “R”, “T” TO “T” “SHLD” TO “SHLD”
SH
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
R+
TB1
www.wattmaster.com
ON BOA
COMMLI
CONNEC
BINARY
INPUTS
R38
BIN1
D6
R41 R43 R47
BIN2
ON-BOARD COMMLINK SETTING
D7
BIN3
D8
OE338-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP CONTROLLER
300
R51
Setting
D10
BIN6
Use On-Board CommLink
D12
300
300
R61
ON
BIN7
R59
D11
ON
300
R55
Jumper 2
300
BIN8
D13
COM
OFF
Use External CommLink
CUT TO ISOLATE
COM FROM GND
OFF
COM
COM
COM
0-5v
0-10v
THERM
4-20 mA
TB3
ANALOG
INPUTS
RELAY 2
RLY2
RELAY 3
RLY3
RELAY 4
RLY4
COMMON
RELAY 5
300
300
D9
Jumper 1
RLY1
COMMON
300
BIN4
BIN5
MADE IN USA
RELAY 1
TB2
RELAY
OUTPUTS
RLY 1 =
RLY 5 =
RELAY 6
RLY 2 =
RLY 6 =
RELAY 7
RLY 7 =
RELAY 8
RLY1
RLY 3 =
RLY 8 =
COMMON
RLY2
RLY 4 =
TB4
RLY3
AI1 =
BI1 =
AO1 =
AI2 =
BI2 =
AO2 =
AI3 =
BI3 =
AO3 =
AI4 =
BI4 =
AO4 =
AI5 =
BI5 =
AI6 =
BI6 =
AI7 =
BI7 =
AI8 =
BI8 =
RLY4
COMMON
SERIAL #
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
R74
U17
1002
ANALOG
INPUT
JUMPERS
AI1
AI2
AI2
AI4
AI7
STATUS2
0
0
1
2
GND
AOUT3
C36
R97
1002
AOUT4
U19
GND
AI4
NOTES:
1.) ANALOG INPUT JUMPER SETTINGS MUST BE
SET FOR YOUR SPECIFIC INPUT DEVICE
REQUIREMENT.
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI5
TB6
GND
STATUS1
STATUS2
AI7
EBUS
POWER
.1uF
1002
VDC
OUTPUTS
AI8
1002
1002
1002
GND
24 VAC POWER ONLY
WARNING! POLARITY MUST BE OBSERVED
OR THE CONTROLLER WILL BE DAMAGED
USB
PORT
E-BUS
PORT
WattMaster Label
#LB102095
Rev.: 1C
1002
1002
1002
LOOP
BAUD
+ 24 VDC
+ 5 VDC
GND
+5V
+ 24 VAC
+24V
GND
1002
1
2
4
8
16
32
1
2
1002
VDC
OUTPUTS
1002
R16
R14
ADD
1002
AI7
TB7
R21
R109
C21
ADDRESS
AI8
GND
C46
2.) IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU WRITE THE
DESCRIPTION OF THE INPUT, AND/OR
OUTPUTS YOU ARE CONNECTING TO THE
CONTROLLER IN THE BOXES PROVIDED ABOVE
&reg;
USING A PERMANENT MARKER (SHARPIE) FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
AI6
AI6
GND
.1uF
AI2
AI8
GND
ON BOARD
COMMLINK
CONNECT
STATUS1
AI3
AI6
GND
Both Jumpers OFF
.1uF
NORMAL OPERATION
SCHEDULE OVERRIDE
AI1
AI5
ON BOARD
COMMLINK
CONNECT
AOUT2
LED BLINK CODES
LED NAME
0-5V
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
AI3
AOUT 3-4
Both Jumpers ON
AOUT1
AOUT 1-2
AI1
1002
SW1
TB8
C14
.01uF
JOB NAME
FILENAME
GPCXP-CommLinkSwitchSet-1A.CDR
DATE:
12/27/12
PAGE
1 of 1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
OE332-23-GPC-XP
GPC-XP CommLink Setting
Figure 68: OE332-23-GPCXP GPC-XP Controller On-Board CommLink Setting
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
91
Add-On Devices
GBD-X Controller - CO2 Applications Wiring
Figure 69: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring CO2 Applications
92
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
GBD-X Controller - CO2 Applications Wiring (Cont’d)
Figure 70: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring CO2 Applications
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
93
Add-On Devices
GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring
Figure 71: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
94
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Add-On Devices
GBD-X Controller - Space Temp. Sensor Averaging Wiring (Cont’d)
Figure 72: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Wiring- Space Temperature Sensor Averaging
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
95
Add-On Devices
GBD-X Controller Address Switch Setting
Figure 73: OE332-23-GBDX GBD-X Controller Addressing
96
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
Module Wiring
&amp; Connections
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
97
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
HP1C Module Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD
OE370-23-HP1C
One Condenser
Head Pressure Module
CONDENSER A ENABLE
REVERSING VALVE A ENABLE
HVAC UNIT CONNECTION
Head Pressure
Transducers
RD
WH
BK
Condenser
Signal A
+V
SIG
GND
+5V
www.aaon.com
SIG 1
GND
+V
SIG
GND
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG
GND
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG
GND
+5V
SIG 2
GND
+5V
SIG 3
GND
+5V
SIG 4
GND
BIN 1
BIN 2
REV. VLV. ENABLE
R2
R1
NOT USED
R3
R2
NOT USED
R4
RELAY COMMON
RC
One Condenser Head Pressure Module
Orion No.:OE370-23-HP1C
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #1/
A2
+5V
SIG 2
GND
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #2
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #3
LED NAME
COMM
Rc
RELAYS
ANALOG
AO1
Condenser Fan
ECM Motor
AO2
GND
YELLOW
BLUE +24 OUT
PWM1STAT
+
COM
R4
AO1
AO2
GND
PWM1PWM1+
PWM2PWM2+
LED BLINK CODES
A3
+5V
SIG 3
GND
R1
R2
R3
AAON No.:
R74860
COND. SIGNAL
NOT USED
GND
COND. FAN
COND. FAN
NOT USED
NOT USED
A1
+5V
SIG 1
GND
R1
COND. ENABLE
PWM1+
BLINKS QTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED
A4
LED NAME
+5V
SIG 4
GND
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #4
BIN 1
BIN 2
BIN 3
COM
COND. ENABLE INPUT
REV. VLV. INPUT ENABLE
NOT USED
COMMON
ALARM
NO PROBLEMS
0
NO SENSORS DETECTED
1
HIGH HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED
2
LOW HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED
3
PWM2PWM2+
E-BUS
Connector
WattMaster Label
#LB102057-A
Rev.: 1J
E-BUS
Connector
+24 VAC
COM
ADDRESS
GND
BIN 3
ALARM
STAT
COMM
Set ADDRESS Dip
Switch 4 to OFF to
make reversing valve
&quot;ON to Heat / OFF to
Cool” Set to ON to
make reversing valve
“ON to Cool / OFF to
Heat. Currently
showing OFF.
24 VAC
GND
PWR
Set ADDRESS Dip
Switch 2 to OFF on all
communicating
applications unless it is
intended to be the
Second Head Pressure
Module on a system. If
set to ON, it will not
communicate. Currently
showing OFF.
Duty Cycle
+24 Volts
OPTIONS
Set ADDRESS Dip
Switch 1 to ON for
Water Cooled or to OFF
for Air Cooled.
Currently showing OFF
for Air Cooled.
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RD
WH
BK
Line Voltage
WARNING!! Observe
Polarity! All boards
must be wired with
GND-to-GND and 24
VAC-to-24 VAC.
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion
Module(s)
OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting
Not Required When
Connected To
VCM-X Modular E-BUS or
VCM-X WSHP E-BUS
Controller
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
HSSC Cable
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller or VCM-X WSHP E-BUS
Controller
Wiring For One Condenser Head Pressure Module
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
HP1C-1A.CDR
DATE: 06/04/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON One Condenser Head Pressure Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 74: OE370-23-HP1C One Condenser Head Pressure Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
98
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
HP2C2 Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY - 1 AMP MAXIMUM LOAD
CONDENSER A ENABLE
REVERSING VALVE A ENABLE
OE370-23-HP2C2
Two Condenser
Head Pressure II Module
CONDENSER B ENABLE
REVERSING VALVE B ENABLE
Condenser
Signal A
Head Pressure
Transducers
+
+V
SIG
GND
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG
GND
R2
R4
RELAY COMMON
Two Condenser Head Pressure II Module
Orion No.:OE370-23-HP2C2
SIG 2
GND
+5V
SIG 3
GND
+5V
SIG 4
GND
BIN 2
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #1
A2
+5V
SIG 2
GND
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #2
+5V
SIG 4
GND
ADDRESS
BIN 1
BIN 2
BIN 3
COM
Rc
Condenser
Signal B
+
RELAYS
AO1
AO2
GND
PWM1PWM1+
PWM2PWM2+
COM
ANALOG
AO1
Condenser Fan A
ECM Motor
AO2
GND
YELLOW
Duty Cycle
PWM1BLINKS QTY. OF SENSORS INSTALLED
B2
LED NAME
LED NAME
ALARM
NO PROBLEMS
COND. A ENABLE INPUT
REV. VLV. ENABLE INPUT
COND. B ENABLE INPUT
COMMON
WattMaster Label
#LB102110-A
Rev.: 1A
BLUE +24 OUT
STAT
PWM1+
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #4
E-BUS
Connector
RC
HEAD
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER #3
BIN 3
COM
R4
LED BLINK CODES
B1
+5V
SIG 3
GND
R3
AAON No.:
V20660
COND. A SIGNAL
COND. B SIGNAL
GND
COND. FAN A
COND. FAN A
COND. FAN B
COND. FAN B
A1
+5V
SIG 1
GND
R1
R2
R3
R4
COMM
PWM2-
0
NO SENSORS DETECTED
1
HIGH HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED
2
LOW HEAD PRESSURE DETECTED
3
E-BUS
Connector
+24 Volts
YELLOW
BLUE +24 OUT
PWM2+
Condenser Fan B
ECM Motor
OPTIONS
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 2 to OFF on all
communicating applications unless it is
intended to be the Second Head Pressure
Module on a system. If set to ON, it will not
communicate. Currently showing OFF.
R1
R3
+5V
BIN 1
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 1 to ON for Water
Cooled or to OFF for Air Cooled. Currently
showing OFF for Air Cooled.
R2
COND. B ENABLE
GND
RD
WH
BK
REV. VLV. A ENABLE
REV. VLV. B ENABLE
Duty Cycle
+24 Volts
ALARM
STAT
COMM
OPTIONS Dip Switch Setting
Not Required When Connected
To VCM-X E-BUS
PWR
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 3 to ON to
disable Circuit B alarms when only one
Condenser is Used. Currently showing OFF.
24 VAC
+V
SIG
GND
www.aaon.com
SIG 1
GND
COM
R1
COND. A ENABLE
GND
RD
WH
BK
+5V
+24 VAC
+V
SIG
GND
RELAY CONTACT
RATING IS 1 AMP
MAX @ 24 VAC
RD
WH
BK
Line Voltage
Set ADDRESS Dip Switch 4 to OFF to make
reversing valve &quot;ON to Heat / OFF to Cool.”
Set to ON to make reversing valve “ON to
Cool / OFF to Heat.” Currently showing OFF.
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion
Module(s)
HSSC Cable
HSSC Cable
Connect To
VCM-X E-BUS
WARNING!! Observe
Polarity! All boards must
be wired with GND-toGND and 24 VAC-to-24
VAC.
Wiring For Two Condenser Head Pressure Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
HP2C2-1A.CDR
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
Two Condenser Head Pressure Module Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 75: OE370-23-HP2C2 Two Condenser Head Pressure Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
99
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
Full Digital Module Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
OE370-23-FD-A
Full Digital Module
+5V
R1
SIG 1
R2
GND
R3
+5V
R4
SIG 2
Rc
RELAYS
GND
ANALOG
+5V
AO1
SIG 3
AO2
GND
GND
+5V
SIG 4
PWM1-
GND
PWM1+
BIN 1
PWM2PWM2+
BIN 2
COM
OPTIONS
ADDRESS
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards
must be wired with GND-toGND and 24 VAC-to-24 VAC.
Failure to observe polarity
could result in damage to the
boards.
ALARM
STAT
COMM
24 VAC
GND
PWR
Line Voltage
24 VAC Transformer
3 VA Minimum
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion
Module(s)
HSSC Cable
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X
E-BUS
Wiring For Full Digital Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
FullDigital-1A.CDR
DRAWN BY:
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
1
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
Full Digital Module Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 76: OE370-23-FD-A Full Digital Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
100
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
Dual Digital Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
OE370-23-DD-C
Dual Digital Module
+5V
R1
SIG 1
R2
GND
R3
+5V
R4
SIG 2
Rc
RELAYS
GND
ANALOG
+5V
AO1
SIG 3
AO2
GND
GND
+5V
SIG 4
PWM1-
GND
PWM1+
BIN 1
PWM2PWM2+
BIN 2
COM
OPTIONS
ADDRESS
WARNING!!
Observe Polarity! All boards must
be wired with GND-to-GND and 24
VAC-to-24 VAC. Failure to observe
polarity could result in damage to
the boards.
ALARM
STAT
COMM
24 VAC
PWR
GND
Software
versions 1.04 or
above allow two
modules per
HVAC unit. If
using two
modules, set the
1st to address 1
and the 2nd to
address 2.
24 VAC Transformer
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
HSSC Cable
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Wiring For Dual Digital Module When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
DualDigital-1A.CDR
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
Dual Digital Module Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 77: OE370-23-DD-A Dual Digital Module to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
101
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MODGAS-X Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
MODGAS-X CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00058)
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor To AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
Fan Enable And
Stage 1 Heat (Mod)
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
Low Speed Fan
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
The SAT OPTIONS Jumper Setting
Should Be Set to 1.
Only One Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Can Be Used Per Application.
24 VAC Power
Input Terminals
Max. Power
Consumption
1 Gas Valve
= 18 VA
2 Gas Valves
= 33 VA
I2C Cable
Connects
To
2
I C Port On
VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Or Expansion Module
Wiring For MODGAS-X When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
DATE: 06/05/15
BY:
S. Olson
FILENAME
O-MODGASX-VCMX-Wr1.CDR
DATE: 07/02/13
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS-X Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 78: OE377-26-00058 MODGAS-X Controller Single Modulating Valve - No Staging to VCM-X E-BUS
Controller Wiring
102
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MODGAS-X Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
MODGAS-X CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00058)
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor To AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
Fan Enable and
Stage 1 Heat (Mod)
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
Low Speed Fan
Stage 2 Heat (Mod)
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
The SAT OPTIONS Jumper Setting
Should Be Set to 1.
Only One Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Can Be Used Per Application.
24 VAC Power
Input Terminals
Max. Power
Consumption
1 Gas Valve
= 18 VA
2 Gas Valves
= 33 VA
I2C Cable
Connects To
VCM-X Controller’s
Expansion
Port
Wiring For MODGAS-X When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-MODGASX--Wr1-2.CDR
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
2
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS-X Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 79: OE377-26-00058 MODGAS-X Controller Two Modulating Staged Valves to VCM-X E-BUS Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
103
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor to AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
MODGAS-XWR CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00060)
Check Your Fan
Relay Wiring (RLY1)
Schematic For
Proper Wiring.
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
MADE IN USA
Fan Enable
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
RLY1
ALARM
Low Speed Fan
RLY2
YS102530 REV 1
WATTMASTER
CONTROLS
RLY3
M
UP
Heat Valve 1
RLY4
COMMON
AUX BIN
MENU
HEAT EN
ENTER
www.aaon.com
PO-IGN1
RESET IN
Proof of Ignition
Signal 1 (24 VAC)
ANODE
DOWN
OPTIONS
SAT
AAON No.: V20780
STATUS
ALARM
COMM
POWER
AUX. (BI)
HEAT ENABLE (BI)
ANODE
GND
WattMaster No:
#SW000055
Rev.: 1A
+24 VAC
AUX. (AI)
GND
Modulating
Gas Valve 1
COMMON
RESET INPUT (AI)
SAT INPUT (AI)
GND(AI)
GAS VALVE 1
GND
PROOF OF IGNITION 1
PO-IGN2
ANODE
The SAT OPTIONS Jumper Setting
Should Be Set to 1.
Only One Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Can Be Used Per Application.
INPUT TERMINALS (TYPE)
CONTACT RATING RELAY OUTPUT
IS 1 AMP MAX
TERMINALS
@ 24 VAC
FAN
LOW SPEED
HEAT 1
HEAT 2
GAS VALVE 1
GAS VALVE 2
AUX AIN
GND
OE377-26-00060
MODGAS-XWR
GAS VALVE
TERMINALS
GND
PROOF OF IGNITION 2
GAS VALVE 2
I2C
CONNECT
E-BUS
CONNECT
Modular Cable Connects To
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s
Expansion Port
Wiring For MODGAS-XWR When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
MODGASXWR-1A-1.CDR
DATE: 06/04/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS-XWR Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 80: MODGAS-XWR Controller Single Modulating Valve No Staging to VCM-X E-BUS Wiring
104
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor to AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
MODGAS-XWR CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00060)
Check Your Fan
Relay Wiring (RLY1)
Schematic For
Proper Wiring.
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
MADE IN USA
Fan Enable
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
RLY1
ALARM
Low Speed Fan
RLY2
YS102530 REV 1
WATTMASTER
CONTROLS
RLY3
M
UP
Heat Valve 1
RLY4
COMMON
AUX BIN
MENU
HEAT EN
Fixed Heat Stage
ENTER
www.aaon.com
PO-IGN1
RESET IN
Proof of Ignition
Signal 1 (24 VAC)
ANODE
DOWN
OPTIONS
SAT
AAON No.: V20780
STATUS
ALARM
COMM
POWER
AUX. (BI)
HEAT ENABLE (BI)
ANODE
GND
WattMaster No:
#SW000055
Rev.: 1A
+24 VAC
AUX. (AI)
GND
Modulating
Gas Valve 1
COMMON
RESET INPUT (AI)
SAT INPUT (AI)
GND(AI)
GAS VALVE 1
GND
PROOF OF IGNITION 1
GAS VALVE 1
PROOF OF IGNITION 2
GAS VALVE 2
I2C
CONNECT
E-BUS
CONNECT
PO-IGN2
ANODE
The SAT OPTIONS Jumper Setting
Should Be Set to 1.
Only One Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Can Be Used Per Application.
INPUT TERMINALS (TYPE)
CONTACT RATING RELAY OUTPUT
IS 1 AMP MAX
TERMINALS
@ 24 VAC
FAN
LOW SPEED
HEAT 1
HEAT 2
GAS VALVE 2
AUX AIN
GND
OE377-26-00060
MODGAS-XWR
GAS VALVE
TERMINALS
GND
Modular Cable Connects To
VCM-X E-BUS Controller’s
Expansion Port
Wiring For MODGAS-XWR When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
MODGASXWR-1A-2.CDR
DATE: 06/04/15
PAGE
2
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS-XWR Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 81: MODGAS-XWR Controller Single Modulating Valve &amp; 1 Fixed Stage to VCM-X E-BUS Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
105
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MODGAS-XWR Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor to AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
MODGAS-XWR CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00060)
Check Your Fan
Relay Wiring (RLY1)
Schematic For
Proper Wiring.
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
MADE IN USA
Fan Enable
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
RLY1
ALARM
Low Speed Fan
RLY2
YS102530 REV 1
WATTMASTER
CONTROLS
RLY3
M
UP
Heat Valve 1
RLY4
COMMON
AUX BIN
MENU
HEAT EN
Heat Valve 2
ENTER
www.aaon.com
PO-IGN1
RESET IN
Proof of Ignition
Signal 1 (24 VAC)
ANODE
DOWN
OPTIONS
SAT
AAON No.: V20780
STATUS
ALARM
COMM
POWER
AUX. (BI)
HEAT ENABLE (BI)
ANODE
GND
WattMaster No:
#SW000055
Rev.: 1A
+24 VAC
AUX. (AI)
GND
Modulating
Gas Valve 1
COMMON
RESET INPUT (AI)
SAT INPUT (AI)
GND(AI)
GAS VALVE 1
GND
PROOF OF IGNITION 1
GAS VALVE 1
PROOF OF IGNITION 2
GAS VALVE 2
I2C
CONNECT
E-BUS
CONNECT
Proof of Ignition
Signal 2 (24 VAC)
PO-IGN2
ANODE
The SAT OPTIONS Jumper Setting
Should Be Set to 1.
Only One Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Can Be Used Per Application.
INPUT TERMINALS (TYPE)
CONTACT RATING RELAY OUTPUT
IS 1 AMP MAX
TERMINALS
@ 24 VAC
FAN
LOW SPEED
HEAT 1
HEAT 2
GAS VALVE 2
AUX AIN
GND
OE377-26-00060
MODGAS-XWR
GAS VALVE
TERMINALS
GND
Modulating
Gas Valve 2
Modular Cable Connects To
VCM-X E-BUS Expansion Port
Wiring For MODGAS-XWR When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
MODGASXWR-1A-3.CDR
DATE: 06/04/15
PAGE
3
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS-XWR Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 82: MODGAS-XWR Controller Two Modulating Valves Staged to VCM-X E-BUS Wiring
106
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
MHGRV-X Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
Connect Supply Air Temperature
Sensor To AI2 &amp; GND
On Main Controller
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
MHGRV-X CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00059)
Fan
C1
Compressor
C2
HGR Solenoid Valve
2 Position HGR Valve (Optional)
COMM
Condenser Valve #1
BLK
WHT
RED
GRN
Set SAT
OPTIONS
Jumper Setting
to Normal.
BLK
WHT
GRN
RED
GND
24VAC
HGR Valve #1
2
I C Cable
Connects
To
2
I C Port On
Any Non VCB-X Controller Or
Expansion Module
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
Line
Wiring For MHGRV-X When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-AAON-MHGRVX-VCMX-1A.CD
Notes:
1.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With
Local And National Electrical Codes
and Specifications.
DATE: 07/02/13
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MHGRV-X Controller
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 83: OE377-26-00059 MHGRV-X Controller to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
107
Module Wiring &amp; Connections
WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
OE334-26-WSHP-X2
Water Source
Heat Pump X2 Module
RD
WH
BK
CIRCUIT A
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY
HVAC
+V
SIG 1
GND
YS102374 REV 0
WATTMASTER CONTROLS
ALARM
MADE IN USA
M
+V
SIG 1
GND
ENTER
MENU
www.aaon.com
DOWN
www.orioncontrols.com
OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 MODULE
+5 TO RED, PRES TO WHT &amp; GND TO BLK
DIGITAL COMRESSORS
+5V
NOT USED
PRES
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
GND
PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
WARNING!! Observe
Polarity! All boards
must be wired with
GND-to-GND and 24
VAC-to-24 VAC.
Failure to observe
polarity could result in
damage to the boards.
+5 NOT USED, PRES TO P6 &amp; GND TO P5
WATER POF
BIN6
COM
T1
BIN1 - COMP A1 EN BIN6 - H2O POF A
BIN2 - COMP A2 EN BIN7 - H2O POF B
BIN3 - COMP B1 EN COM - COMMON
BIN4 - COMP B2 EN
BIN5 - HEAT ENABLE
T 1 - LEAVING WATER TEMP
T 2 - LEAVING WATER TEMP
GND - GROUND
E-BUS
HSSC
CONNECT
WattMaster Label
#SW000063
Rev.: 1B
AAON NO.: V48820
RELAY CONTACT RATING
IS 1 AMP MAX @ 24 VAC
COMP. A1 ENABLE
COMP. A2 ENABLE
COMP. B1 ENABLE
COMP. B2 ENABLE
ALARM OUTPUT
RELAY COMMON
AOUT1
AOUT2
AOUT3
AOUT4
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
RC
DIGITAL/VFD COMPRESSORS
A1, A2, B1, B2
E-BUS
HSSC
CONNECT
COMP A1
COMP A2
COMP B1
COMP B2
SEE
NOTE
BELOW
NOTE:
DIGITAL COMPRESSORS = 1.5-5VDC
VFD COMPRESSORS = 0-10VDC
AOUT1 - COMP A1 CONNECT TO
C2
AOUT2 - COMP A2 CNTLR
TERM.
AOUT3 - COMP B1
AOUT4 - COMP B2
GND
NON-DIGITAL COMPRESSORS
SUCT. PR. SENSOR
+5V
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
PRES
PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
GND
COMP. A1 ENABLE
COMP. A2 ENABLE
COMP. B1 ENABLE
COMP. B2 ENABLE
ALARM OUTPUT
+24 VAC
RD
WH
BK
CIRCUIT B
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
COMM
UP
GND
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion Module(s)
24 VAC
E
HSSC Cable
Connect To VCM-X E-BUS
Controller
LEAVING WATER
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
Wiring For WSHP-X2 When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
WSHPX2-Wr1.CDR
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON WSHP-X2 Wiring - Single Circuit
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 84: OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 Controller Single Circuit Wiring to VCM-X E-BUS Controller
108
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
WSHP-X2 Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
OE334-26-WSHP-X2
Water Source
Heat Pump X2 Module
+V
SIG 1
GND
CIRCUIT A2
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG 2
GND
CIRCUIT B1
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG 1
GND
CIRCUIT B2
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
RD
WH
BK
+V
SIG 2
GND
HVAC
YS102374 REV 0
WATTMASTER CONTROLS
ALARM
MADE IN USA
DOWN
OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 MODULE
NON-DIGITAL COMPRESSORS
SUCT. PR. SENSOR
+5V
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
PRES
PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
GND
+5 TO RED, PRES TO WHT &amp; GND TO BLK
+5 NOT USED, PRES TO P6 &amp; GND TO P5
WATER POF A
WATER POF B
BIN6
BIN7
COM
T1
T2
ENTER
MENU
www.aaon.com
www.orioncontrols.com
DIGITAL COMRESSORS
+5V
NOT USED
PRES
PRES 1=A1, PRES 2=A2
GND
PRES 3=B1, PRES 4=B2
WARNING!! Observe
Polarity! All boards must
be wired with GND-toGND and 24 VAC-to-24
VAC. Failure to observe
polarity could result in
damage to the boards.
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
COMM
UP
M
AOUT1 COMP A1
AOUT2
COMP A2
AOUT3
COMP B1
AOUT4
COMP B2
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
RC
BIN1 - COMP A1 EN BIN6 - H2O POF A DIGITAL/VFD COMPRESSORS
BIN2 - COMP A2 EN BIN7 - H2O POF B
A1, A2, B1, B2
BIN3 - COMP B1 EN COM - COMMON
AOUT1 - COMP A1 CONNECT TO
BIN4 - COMP B2 EN
C2
BIN5 - HEAT ENABLE
AOUT2 - COMP A2 CNTLR
TERM.
T 1 - LEAVING WATER TEMP
AOUT3 - COMP B1
T 2 - LEAVING WATER TEMP
AOUT4 - COMP B2
GND - GROUND
E-BUS
HSSC
CONNECT
WattMaster Label
#SW000063
Rev.: 1B
COMP. A1 ENABLE
COMP. A2 ENABLE
COMP. B1 ENABLE
COMP. B2 ENABLE
ALARM OUTPUT
AAON NO.: V48820
RELAY CONTACT RATING
IS 1 AMP MAX @ 24 VAC
COMP. A1 ENABLE
COMP. A2 ENABLE
COMP. B1 ENABLE
COMP. B2 ENABLE
ALARM OUTPUT
RELAY COMMON
GND
RD
WH
BK
E-BUS
HSSC
CONNECT
SEE
NOTE
BELOW
NOTE:
DIGITAL COMPRESSORS = 1.5-5VDC
VFD COMPRESSORS = 0-10VDC
+24 VAC
CIRCUIT A1
SUCTION PRESSURE
TRANSDUCER
NOTE: ALL RELAY OUTPUTS
ARE NORMALLY OPEN AND
RATED FOR 24 VAC POWER
ONLY
GND
Connect To Other
WattMaster-Approved
E-BUS Expansion
Module(s)
24 VAC
E
HSSC Cable
Connect To
VCM-X E-BUS
LEAVING WATER
TEMPERATURE
FOR SYSTEM A
LEAVING WATER
TEMPERATURE
FOR SYSTEM B
Wiring For WSHP-X2 When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
WSHPX2-Wr1-2.CDR
DATE: 06/05/15
PAGE
2
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON WSHP-X2 Wiring - Dual Circuit
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 85: OE334-26-WSHP-X2 WSHP-X2 Controller Dual Circuit Wiring to VCM-X E-BUS Controller
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
109
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
PREHEAT-X Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
Note:
All Relay Outputs Are
Normally Open And Rated
For 24 VAC Power Only.
1 Amp Maximum Load.
PREHEAT-X CONTROLLER
(OE377-26-00061)
Leaving Air 1
Temperature Sensor
Mount Inside PREHEAT-X
Box Wall
Leaving Air 2
Temperature Sensor
Mount Inside PREHEAT-X
Box Wall
ALARM
ALARM
M
M
BIN1
BIN2
Mount Sensor Outdoors
In Shaded Protected
Area &amp; In Upright
Position As Shown
Emergency
Shutdown
OE377-26-00061 PREHEAT-X
PREHEAT-X
OE377-26-00061
ANALOG
INPUTS
ANALOG
INPUTS
LAT1
LAT1
0-10VRESET
RESET
0-10V
GND
GND
GND
GND
BINARYINPUTS
INPUTS
BINARY
ENABLE
ENABLE
EMERG. SHUTDOWN
EMERG.
SHUTDOWN
FUTURE USE
FUTURE USE
RS-485 COMM
RS-485 COMM
SHLD
SHLD
Heat 4 Relay
AAON No.: V48510
Heat 5 Relay
Heat 6 Relay
ALARM CONTACT
ALARM
CONTACT
LAT2
LAT2
OAT
EAT
COM
HEAT
HEAT 11
HEAT
HEAT 22
HEAT
OUTPUTS
HEAT
Modulating SCR
(0-10 VDC)
+
HEAT
HEAT 33
OUTPUTS
HEAT 44
CONTACT RATING IS HEAT
1 AMPRATING
MAX IS
HEAT
CONTACT
HEAT 55
24 MAX
VAC
1@
AMP
HEAT
HEAT 66
@ 24 VAC
RLY COMM
RLY
COMM
ANALOG
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
MSTP
BACnet
R(+)
R(+)
WattMaster Label
E-BUS
E-BUS
#LB102XXX-A WattMaster Label
#SCONNECT
W000062
Rev.: 1A
CONNECT
Rev.: 1D
+
-
Heat 3 Relay
DOWN
DOWN
www.orioncontrols.com
www.orioncontrols.com
T(-)
T(-)
GND
Heat 2 Relay
ENTER
ENTER
E-BUS
E-BUS
CONNECT
CONNECT
–
PWM SSR
0-10V MOD. SCR
0-10V MOD. SCR
GND
GND
PWM +
PWM +
PWM PWM -
+
–
GND
Heat Enable
Signal (24 VAC)
W1
24VAC
Make Splice
Connections
Inside Sensor Enclosure
As Shown. Seal All
Conduit Fittings With
Silicone Sealant
Heat 1 Relay
MENU
MENU
www.aaon.com
www.aaon.com
GND
GND
AIN1
AIN2
AIN3
RST
GND
GND
Relay
Contact
+24VAC
VAC
+24
Entering Air Temperature
Sensor
Reset In 0-10 VDC
Alarm
UP
N.C.
SAFETIES
(BY OTHERS)
NOTE: Reset In And Heat
Enable Inputs Are Used In
Stand-Alone Mode Only
HSSC E-BUS Cable
Connects To
VCM-X Controller’s
Expansion Port
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
Line
Wiring For PREHEAT-X When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
PREHEATX-1A.CDR
DATE: 06/10/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON PREHEAT-X Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 86: OE377-26-00061 PREHEAT-X Controller Single Circuit Wiring to VCM-X E-BUS Controller
110
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
MODGAS II Controller Wiring When Used With The VCM-X E-BUS
2 Gas
Valves Can
Be Connected
As Shown
Note:
1.) When The MODGAS II Controller Is Used With The VCM-X
Controller It Must Have (1) Relay Output On The VCM-X Controller
Configured For The MODGAS II Controller In Order To Function
Correctly. This Relay Output Must Be Configured When Setting-up
The Controller(s) Operating Parameters. See the VCM-X Controller
Operator Interfaces Technical Guide For Complete Controller
Programming and Configuration Information.
GV2
V3
D9
V5
K3
K2
GAS
VALVE
V2
SER. #:
VOUT
GV1
GND
TB4
FT
V1
C13
COM
CR2
LO SPD
CR1
CX3
LO SPD
AUX
FAN
CX4
ADD
O
F
F
RAM
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
DISCHARGE
SETPOINT
TB1
U4
FAN
Hi Speed
U3
AUX
Low Speed
EPROM
K1
CX2
YS101818
552 PROCESSOR
BOARD
CX5
U2
O
F
F
ADD
R1
1
R3
J01
R1
CX1
AUX IN
R9
R8
PHILIPS
P1
U1
C4
U6
CX6
R7
P
VR1
C7
POWER
TB3
POWER
24VAC
V4
D8
R25
R26
C6
R26
T
R
TB2
I2C IN
SHLD
R15
U5
PJ1
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
D1
RV1
YS101826PREV 1
MODULATING
GAS BOARD
P1
+VDC
C2
WDOG
C1
SAT
R2
D2
HEAT EN
RST IN
Heat Enable
Signal (24 VAC)
W1
PHILIPS
C2
GND
C3
P
STATUS
C1
R1
GND
RESET
LIMIT
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
U5
R4
24VAC
Line
GND
Modular Cable Connects To
HVAC Unit Controller
L1
L2
CR1-B
N.C.
CR1-A
N.O.
N.O.
CR2-1
Motor
SC
Speed
Control
N.O.
Induced
Air Blower
Caution:
The Supply Air Temperature Sensor Always Connects To The VCM-X Controller And The
Supply Air Temperature Is Broadcast To The MODGAS II Controller, MHGRVII And The
MHGRVIII Controller From It.
Wiring For MODGAS II When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
1.)24 VAC Must Be Connected So
That All Ground Wires Remain
Common.
2.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance
With Local And National Electrical
Codes And Specifications.
FILENAME
O-MODGASII-VCMX-Wr1.CDR
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS II Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X Controller
Figure 87: OE377-00-00041 MODGAS II Controller to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
111
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
MHGRV II Controller Wiring When Used With VCM-X E-BUS
Fan
C1
Compressor
C2
HGR Solenoid Valve
2 Position HGR Valve (Optional)
“AUX” Relay LED
“VALVE” Relay LED
24 VAC
“COMP” Relay LED
R40
R39
STATUS
U5
RESET LIMIT
K4
AUX
K3
K2
VALVE
K1
COMP
R23
CR/HG
U3
C4
U4
“STATUS” LED
HTG OVR
CX2
U5
EPROM Chip
CX5
RHT EN
CX4
RAM
R9
R8
D4
R13
R7
D3
R6
R5
AUX IN
RST IN
U2
R1
CLG OVR
1
YS101818
552 PROCESSOR
BOARD
GND
C2
GND
U1
AUX IN
SETUP
THERM
4-20MA
0-10V
+VDC
“POWER” LED
CX3
CW/HW
CB/HB
GND
C3
C1
SAT
D2
TB3
X1
RAM Chip
R2
RV1
COMM
R
CX1
R4
PU
R12
T
SHLD
Setpoint
DIP Switch
(Not Used
For This
Application)
R17
EPROM
CG/HR
STEP
CX5
R2
Green
Red
White
Black
C15
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
SETPOINT
SW2
AUX
COM
SW1
COMP
VALVE
FAN
V4
V2
V1
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
O
FAN
ADD
ADD
F
F
SERIAL #
POWER
TB5
YS101894 REV 1
HOT GAS REHEAT
O
F
F
Green
Red
White
Black
Condensor
Modulating
HG Valve
Reset Limit
DIP Switch
(Not Used
For This
Application)
“FAN” Relay LED
V3
Reheat
Modulating
HG Valve
P1
C2
D1
C12
C4
C13
D1
R20
TB4
GND
U2
C3
U1
CX6
D5
R3
R3
I2 C IN
+24VAC
D1
R19
PJ1
V5
Modular Cable
Connect To
HVAC Unit
Controller
U6
I2 C OUT
D6
R11
R1
WDOG
VR1
R31
D11
R18
Caution:
The Supply Air Temperature Sensor Always Connects To The VCM-X E-BUS Controller And
The Supply Air Temperature Is Broadcast To The MODGAS II Controller, MHGRVII, And The
MHGRVIII Controller From It.
GND
24VAC
C8
L1
C1
L2
R38
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
Line
Wiring For MHGRV II When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
JOB NAME
FILENAME
O-AAON-MHGRVII-VCMX-1A.CD
Notes:
1.)All Wiring To Be In Accordance With
Local And National Electrical Codes
and Specifications.
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
B. Crews
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MHGRV II Controller
When Used With Orion VCM-X Controller
Figure 88: OE377-00-00042 MHGRV II Controller to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
112
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
MHGRV III Controller Wiring When Used With VCM-X E-BUS
Condenser Valve #1
Not Required When
Only One Set Of
Condenser &amp; HGR
Valves Is Used
GRN
RED
WHT
BLK
Mount In Supply
Air Duct
HGR Valve #1
GRN
RED
WHT
BLK
Supply
Air Temperature
Sensor
Supply Air Temperature Sensor
Connects to AI2 &amp; GND
On VCM-X Controller
Modular Cable
Connects To VCM-X
Expansion
Port
OMRON
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
THERM
4-20
0-10V
CG/HR
VAVLE EXP
AUX IN
CR/HG
CW/HW
CR/HR
+VDC
GND
AUX IN
REC
GND
RESET
RHT EN
COOL OVR
485
DRV
HEAT OVR
GND
T
SAT
SH
R
LT1785
SA
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
FAN
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
OMRON
SA
G5Q-1A4
DC24V
VDE
VALVE
5A30VDC
CHINA 10A250VAC ~
COM
CMP
AUX
0-5V
STEP
STAT
ADD
RESET LIMIT
SF000093a
EPROM
CHASSIS GND
GND
AOUT
YS102138 REV 2
POWER
ADD
SETPOINT
GND
24VAC
HOT GAS REHEAT III
24VAC
GND
MHGRV III Controller
Condenser Valve #2
GRN
RED
WHT
BLK
40 VA
Transformer
Minimum
HGR Valve #2
Line
GRN
RED
WHT
BLK
JOB NAME
FILENAME
(Optional) HGR Valve Slave Board #1
Only Required When More Than
One Set Of Condenser &amp; HGR
Valves Are Needed
MODGASIII-1A-1.CDR
DATE: 06/09/15
PAGE
1
DRAWN BY:
S. Olson
DESCRIPTION:
AAON MODGAS III Wiring
When Used With Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller
Figure 89: OE377-00-00054 MHGRV III Controller to VCM-X E-BUS Controller Wiring
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
113
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
114
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Miscellaneous Diagrams
&amp; Technical Information
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
115
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Modular Room Sensor Wiring
2.00“
2.75“
0.88“
YS101858
REV 0
C
O
O
L
E
R
2.75“
4.50“
3.25“
OVR
2.50&quot;
MODULAR
SENSOR
W
A
R
M
E
R
PJ1
R2
THERM1
0.25“
R1
Wall Cut-Out Dimensions
When Sensor Is To Be
Mounted Without
Handy Box (By Others)
Room Sensor Typical Dimensions
W
A
R
M
E
R
C
O
O
L
E
R
OVR
OE210-02
OE211-02
Modular Room Sensor Plain
W
A
R
M
E
R
Modular Room Sensor
With Override
OVR
C
O
O
L
E
R
OE212-02
OE213-02
Modular Room Sensor
With Setpoint Adjust
Modular Room Sensor
With Setpoint Adjust
&amp; Override
Temperature Sensor Resistance/Voltage Chart
Temp
Resistance* Voltage
Ohms
@ Input*
&deg;F
-10.............93333 ........4.620
-5...............80531 ........4.550
0 ...............69822 ........4.474
5 ...............60552 ........4.390
10 ..............52500 ........4.297
15 ..............45902 ........4.200
20 ..............40147 ........4.095
25 ..............35165 ........3.982
30 ..............30805 ........3.862
35 ..............27140 ........3.737
40 ..............23874 ........3.605
Temp
Resistance* Voltage
&deg;F
Ohms
@ Input*
69 ..............11906 ........2.780
70 ..............11652 ........2.752
71 ..............11379 ........2.722
72 ..............11136 ........2.695
73 ..............10878 ........2.665
74 ..............10625 ........2.635
75 ..............10398 ........2.607
76 ..............10158 ........2.570
78 ..............9711 ..........2.520
80 ..............9302 ..........2.465
82 ..............8893 ..........2.407
Temp
Resistance* Voltage
&deg;F
Ohms
@ Input*
45 ..............21094 ........3.470
50 ..............18655 ........3.330
52 ..............17799 ........3.275
54 ..............16956 ........3.217
56 ..............16164 ........3.160
58 ..............15385 ........3.100
60 ..............14681 ........3.042
62 ..............14014 ........2.985
64 ..............13382 ........2.927
66 ..............12758 ........2.867
68 ..............12191 ........2.810
Temp
Resistance* Voltage
Ohms
@ Input*
&deg;F
84 ..............8514 ..........2.352
86 ..............8153 ..........2.297
88 ..............7805 ..........2.242
90 ..............7472 ..........2.187
95 ..............6716 ..........2.055
100 ............6047 ..........1.927
105 ............5453 ..........1.805
110 ............4923 ..........1.687
115 ............4449 ..........1.575
120 ............4030 ..........1.469
*Chart Notes:
1. Use the resistance column to check the thermistor sensor while disconnected from the controllers (not powered). Connect as shown below.
2. Use the voltage column to check sensors while connected to powered controllers. Read voltage with meter set on DC volts. Place the sensor
leads as shown in the illustration below. If the voltage is above 5.08 VDC, then the sensor or wiring is &quot;open.&quot; If the voltage is less than 0.05
VDC, the sensor or wiring is shorted.
JOB NAME
+
-
+
-
R1
R2
PJ1
FILENAME
O-MODRMSENS1.CDR
THERM1
YS101858
REV 0
MODULAR
SENSOR
DATE: 10/11/01
PAGE
1
T
SHLD
DRAWN BY:
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02, OE213-02
Modular Room Sensor
Figure 90: OE210-02, OE211-02, OE212-02, OE213-02 Modular Room Sensor Wiring
116
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
EPROM Chip Locations
PAL Chip
(U10) Pin 1
RS-485
Communications
Driver Chip
(U14) Pin 1
EPROM Chip
(U7) Pin 1
RAM Chip
(U6) Pin 1
Address Switch
CPU (U4)
OE332-23E-VCMX-MOD - VCM-X E-BUS Controller
RAM Chip
(U8) Pin 1
EPROM Chip
(U3) Pin 1
EXPANSION
PAL
D'STAT
EPROM
ACTUATOR
0
OE282
PROCESSOR
24 Mhz
ADDRESS
OFF
ON
REC
WDOG
POWER / COMM
Communications
Driver Chip
(U10) Pin 1
93C66
EEPROM
SPACE SENSOR
485
DRV
1
AIRFLOW
LOW(VVT)
VELOCITY
PWR
STAT
HI(VAV)
MADE IN USA
WATTMASTER CONTROLS INC
Address Switch
OE742-31-VAVZ or OE742-31-VAVZ VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package
Warning!
Use Extreme Caution When Removing Any Chips To Avoid
Damaging Any Circuit Board Traces Which Are Under The Chip.
Be Sure That Any Small Screwdriver Or Other Sharp Object Used
To Remove The Chip Does Not Come Into Contact With The Printed
Circuit Board.
A Small Screwdriver May Be Inserted Between The Chip And The
Socket To Aid In Removal Of The Chip.
Be Very Careful Not To Insert The Screwdriver Under The
Socket!! Damage To The Board Is Not Covered By Warranty.
JOB NAME
BY:
DATE: 05/20/15
S. OLSON
FILENAME
O-VCMX-DRCHPREP-1B.CDR
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
1 of 4
DRAWN BY:
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
Orion Components VCM-X
Product Chip Replacement Information
Figure 91: EPROM Chip Locations for VCM-X E-BUS &amp; VAV/Zone Controller Actuator Package
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
117
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
EPROM Chip Locations (Cont’d)
ACTUATOR
EXPANSION
C1
JP1
R10
C3
D3
C6
R9
R8
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
WDOG
CX3
C5
CX4
C7
U3
REC
SCAN
P2
R16
U6
CX6
C8
R22
R18
R20
R19
R15
R14
C12
HAND HELD
C10
C9
R21
P3
R23
D5
L1
U8
C13
PWR
SPACE SENSOR
CX8
CX7
R25
485
DRIVER
R32
AUX
TB2
PJ3
PJ4
U11
CX11
VR1
RV1
U10
AIN
GND
EPROM
CX10
PAL
R24
R37
R36
R35
D4
U7
AIRFLOW
R33
C14
DE IN THE USA
PAL Chip
(U9) Pin 1
P1
U5
U4
R38
JP2:ON=VAV
OFF=VVT
Q2
C11
JP2
RN1
D2
D1
Q1
Q3
POWER AND COMM
R1
U2
X1
C4
U9
K2
ADD
SW1
CX1
SER#
U1
VAVZ CONTROLLER
SYS101854 REV. 3
C2
CX9
K1
PJ2
PJ1
1
2
4
8
16
32
NET
EEPROM
Comm Driver Chip
(U8) Pin 1
EPROM Chip
(U10) Pin 1
OE324 - VAV/Zone Controller
P2
U1
CX1
C2
CX7
RV1
P1
R3
PROCESSOR
BOARD
YS101818P552
X1
C2
CX3
U3
CX4
C1
CX5
CX2
U7
C4
VREF
MiniLink
EPROM Chip
(U6) Pin 1
Polling Device
PAL Chip
(U2) Pin 1
Polling Device
RAM Chip
(U4) Pin 1
C1
Polling Device
EPROM Chip
(U3) Pin 1
X1
R4
U4
C3
CX6
U5
LED 1
D1
CX10
EPROM
LED 2
U6
U10
YS101900
MINILINK
POLLING
DEVICE
REV. 1
C3
CX1
U2
EPROM
CX2
RAM
R2
R24
C13
C7
UL LABEL
C8
U11
WDOG
R
R
CX11
R1
U1
CX6
U6
POWER
C12
RN2
U14
P5
1
2
4
8
16
32
X2
R28
R29
R30
ADD
R
SHLD
T
C10
RN3
SERIAL #
NETWORK
LOOP
TB4
SHLD
LD4
P3
CX14
NETWORK
DRIVER
U13
CX13
T
AIN 2
GND
TB3
TB2
C11
LD5
LOCAL LOOP
LD6
R35
D5
AIN 1
+24VDC
OFF=0-5V
GND
24VAC
V1
TB1
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
R
R31
VR2
AIN2
0-10V
4-20mA
THERM
LOOP
DRIVER
U15
R27
AIN1
CX15
C9
D4
PROC.
DRIVER
SW1
P4
Processor
Comm Driver Chip
(U15) Pin 1
Local Loop
Comm Driver Chip
(U13) Pin 1
Network Loop
Comm Driver Chip
(U14) Pin 1
OE364-22 - MiniLink Polling Device
Warning!
Use Extreme Caution When Removing Any Chips To Avoid
Damaging Any Circuit Board Traces Which Are Under The Chip.
Be Sure That Any Small Screwdriver Or Other Sharp Object Used
To Remove The Chip Does Not Come Into Contact With The Printed
Circuit Board.
A Small Screwdriver May Be Inserted Between The Chip And The
Socket To Aid In Removal Of The Chip.
Be Very Careful Not To Insert The Screwdriver Under The
Socket!! Damage To The Board Is Not Covered By Warranty.
JOB NAME
BY:
DATE: 05/20/15
S. OLSON
FILENAME
O-VCMX-DRCHPREP-1B.CDR
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
2 of 4
DRAWN BY:
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
Orion Components VCM-X
Product Chip Replacement Information
Figure 92: EPROM Chip Locations for VAV/Zone Controller &amp; MiniLink Polling Device
118
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
EPROM Chip Locations (Cont’d)
EPROM Chip
(U3) Pin 1
CX3
C21
U3
CX1
CX2
U2
RN1
1
PAL Chip
(U4) Pin 1
D1
RAM Chip
(U2) Pin 1
Comm Driver Chip
(U5) Pin 1
U1
CX4
RLY1
U4
V1
D2
TB1
COMM
V2
T
SHLD
RLY2
V3
COM1-3
D3
RCX5
U5
PAL
RS-485
COMM
RLY3
RN3
(1 MEG)
YS101816 REV. 2
U6
D4
LD8
LED1
TUC-5R PLUS
HH
RN2
1
R4
R5
C1
+VREF
C2
U8
CX10
R6
L1
D14
SC1
U13
R15
U12
CX14
C14
R19
C16
U14
CX13
TB4
C15
D19
GND
D16
R22
C19
C18
D18
PJ3
PJ2
EXPANSION
24VAC
7824CT
CX15
M
C20
R26
D17
R24
R25
R27
U15
V6
D15
PJ1
PRESSURE
SENSOR
U11
D12
R13
C13
C12
AOUT2
AIN7
GND C17
C9
CX12
JP1
R11
X2
C11
0-5
VDC
D11
PU7
0-1
VDC
GND C10
GND
AOUT1
C7
U10
SW1
D9
PU5
AIN5
NE5090NPB3192
0PS
CX8
U9
R10
D7
PU3
RN4
1
2
4
8
16
32
TOKEN
NETWORK
PU1
D6
PU2
D8
PU4
1
ADD
RN5
AIN1
AIN2
AIN3
AIN4
R7
ADDRESS
+VDC
D10
INPUTS
RLY5
V5
C3
R28
V4
X1
PHILIPS
EWDOG
RV1
VREF ADJ
TB2
D5
CX6
5.11V
TEST POINT
U7
D13
R1
COM4-5
RLY4
P1
MC34064A
9936
LD9
LED2
TB3
R1
R2
R3
1
EPROM
RAM
COMM
LD7
PWR
POWER
LD6
T'STAT
VR1
VR2
OE330 - GPC Plus &amp; GBD Controller
Warning!
C4
C3
C21
PU
C5
C6
R31
D5
ANALOG
INPUTS
+V
PU
+V
T.P.
5.11V
R14
PU 4
PU 5
C7
VR1
R16
C8
C34
R65
R37
R38
R39
3
R15
U15
C25
6
7
R17
PU
R18
C16
8
R19
R20
PU G
C9
P2
D15
C10
D13
U9
C23
CX17
U17
R62
L1
R32
D11
C17
R13
G
U13
V1
TB1
R21
PU
R22
K1
REV. 4
V2
R51
D26
R48
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
THERM 8
X1
K2
TB6
CX1
C19
EPROM
G
U10
U11
V3
R52
D27
RAM
TB2
EXP
K3
TB7
BUSS
U1
OUT3
R53
D28
V4
OUT4
K4
TB8
R23
R64
R1
32K
8K
U2
CX10
C20
K5
TB9
JO3
R54
D29
V5
1
C1
R6
CX6
CX2
K6
TB10
CX12
U12
V6
R55
D30
U6
PAL
P1
RN2
R29
D17
D18
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
OUT6
R30
Q1
JOB NAME
SH
U3
CB A
JO2
CX3
1
2
4
8
16
A
B
C
EPROMChip
(U10) Pin 1
R
R26
U7
C15
ADD
SW1
R57
D32
RAM Chip
(U11) Pin 1
T
R28
K7
TB11
OUT7
COMM
R27
TERM
C11
C12
C13
C14
R56
D31
V7
OUT7
RN1
R25
OUT5
OUT6
Be Very Careful Not To Insert The
Screwdriver Under The Socket!! Damage
To The Board Is Not Covered By
Warranty.
R24
OUT4
OUT5
A Small Screwdriver May Be Inserted
Between The Chip And The Socket To Aid In
Removal Of The Chip.
A1
A2
C18
OUT2
YS101560
TB5
JO1
CX13
Use Extreme Caution When Removing Any
Chips To Avoid Damaging Any Circuit Board
Traces Which Are Under The Chip.
Be Sure That Any Small Screwdriver Or
Other Sharp Object Used To Remove The
Chip Does Not Come Into Contact With The
Printed Circuit Board.
1
2
Q5
C22
+
GND
SIG
+5V
PRESSURE
SENSOR JACK
R33
PU
R9
R10
R11
R12
D9
5.11V
ADJ
OUT1
OUT3
R8
D3
D7
R49
R50
LED DISPLAY
R7
Q4
BATT
R43
EWDOG
+
JO4
X2
C24
REC
OUT2
U5 CX5
U5
JO5
U16
C29
C30
R59
C33
Q3
D34
R60
OUT1
C21
Q2
+
WDOG
CX14 SC1
R58
P3
GND
PWR
R61
R47
R34
R35
R36
C31
C28
P3
24V
TB4
PJ1
D1
R40
D33
R44
R45
R46
U14
R41
R42
C32
D25
V8
C27
R63
C26
VR2
VR3
SERIAL #
C2
TB3
PAL Chip
(U6) Pin 1
Comm Driver Chip
(U3) Pin 1
OE310 - GPC-17 Controller &amp;
Lighting Controller
BY:
DATE: 05/20/15
S. OLSON
FILENAME
O-VCMX-DRCHPREP-1B.CDR
DRAWN BY:
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
3 of 4
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
Orion Components VCM-X
Product Chip Replacement Information
Figure 93: EPROM Chip Locations for GPC Plus, GBD, and GPC-17 Controller
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
119
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Chip Installation Procedures
Gently Rock Chip Side To Side And Then
Lift Straight Up To Remove Chip From
Chip Socket.
WARNING!
Be sure the chip you have selected to replace is a
socketed chip. Not all driver chips on the boards
are field replaceable. Only socketed chips may be
removed and replaced in the field. All other chips
that are not socketed will require sending the board
to the WattMaster factory for repair. If you try to
remove a chip that is not socketed, it will destroy
the circuit board. Once you have determined that the
chip needing replacement is indeed a socketed chip,
please proceed in the following manner:
I.C. Puller
Remove the communications loop connector and
then the 24VAC power connector on the controller
before attempting to change any components.
DAMAGE will occur if components are removed or
installed with power applied.
Chip
Chip Socket
If you are unsure how to safely remove the chip or
have questions about correct pin placement, please
consult the factory before proceeding.
Using I.C. Puller To Remove Socketed Chip
Printed Circuit
Board
Damage to the board caused by failure to correctly
remove or install the chip is not covered by the
WattMaster warranty.
Use extreme care to avoid inserting the screwdriver
or I.C. Puller under the socket. You must insert the tip
of the screwdriver or ends of the I.C. Puller between
the body of the chip and the chip socket.
Gently Lift The Chip On One End And Rock The Chip
Back And Forth With Screwdriver As Shown.Repeat
This Process On The Other End Of The Chip.
Alternate This Process On Both Ends Of The Chip
Until The Chip Is Free From The Chip Socket.
Small Flathead
Screwdriver
Each chip MUST be installed with Pin 1 in the correct
location. Installing the chip “backwards” will in most
cases destroy the device when power is reapplied.
Direction Of Pull
Chip
Chip Socket
Printed Circuit
Board
Using Screwdriver To Remove Socketed Chip
Pin 1 can be located by looking for the notch in the end
of the chip. Pin 1 on &quot;some&quot; chips is identified with a dot.
Be certain that ALL pins are lined up in the socket
before pressing the chip in. Failure to properly line
up the pins will result in damage to the chip.
This is a VERY common error - BE CAREFUL.
Only after confirming that the chip has been correctly
installed with Pin 1 in the proper position and that the
pins are lined up and none are bent or out of the socket,
should communication or power wiring be reconnected
to the board. To prevent possible damage, always
reconnect the power wiring first and then the
communication wiring.
Notch
Chip
Dot
Pin1
Chip Socket
Printed Circuit
Board
End View Of Socketed Chip Assembly
Top View Of Socketed Chip Assembly
Dot
Socket
JOB NAME
Pin 1
DATE: 05/20/15
Printed
Circuit
Board
Typical RS-485 Communications
Driver Chip Detail
BY:
S. OLSON
FILENAME
DATE: 10/09/09
PAGE
4 of 4
DRAWN BY:
B. CREWS
DESCRIPTION:
Orion Components VCM-X
Product Chip Replacement Information
Figure 94: EPROM Chip Installation Instructions
120
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
SD Memory Card Update
Updating The SD Memory Card
6.
Once you unzip the file, you will see a window similar
to the one below.
7.
Press &lt;CTRL&gt; &lt;A&gt; to highlight the folders in the
window—App, Manuals &amp; Scr. Press &lt;CTRL&gt; &lt;C&gt; to
copy the folders.
8.
Paste the folders into the SD memory card drive’s
window by pressing &lt;CTRL&gt; &lt;V&gt;.
9.
Remove the SD Memory Card from your computer and
reinsert it in the Modular Hand Held Service Tool or
Modular System Manager.
You may need to update the SD memory card from time to time,
either for a new release or to add data for another Controller. Follow
the instructions below to download the update file from our tech
support webpage:
1.
Insert the SD memory card in your computer’s SD drive
and open the drive’s window.
2.
Open your browser and type in the address:
http://wattmaster.com/techsupport.
3.
On the Tech Support webpage, locate the file
Modular_HH_Screens.zip and double-click on it.
4.
Click &lt;Save File&gt; when asked to save or open the file
and then click &lt;OK&gt;. This option will save the file to the
“Downloads” folder on your PC.
5.
Open the “Downloads” folder in Windows Explorer.
You will find a folder labeled, “Modular_HH_Screens.
zip” Right-click on the folder and choose “Extract All”
from the options list. NOTE: Any compression software
can be used to extract the zip folder’s contents, for
example, Winzip.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
121
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Updating E-BUS Module Software
Updating Controller &amp; E-BUS Module
Software Using the Modular Service
Tool SD
E-BUS Modules
1.
To update the software for various WattMaster E-BUS modules,
follow these simple steps.
1.
Enter Board Address
0
Update your SD memory card with the new software file
for the controller or module you need to update. Follow
the steps on page 121 for Updating the SD memory
card.
2.
Connect the Modular Service Tool to the device you
wish to update using the mini DIN communication cable
or EBC E-BUS cable provided.
3.
Power up the controller or E-BUS module you wish to
update.
4.
Apply power to the Modular Service Tool SD and
press the &lt;ON&gt; button.
5.
After initialization of the Modular Service Tool SD,
press &lt;NEXT&gt; at the first Setup Screen and &lt;4&gt; at the
second Setup Screen shown below.
1) Set Time &amp; Date
2) Communications
NEXT) More Options
ESC) Exit Menu
Esc) Exit Menu
2.
3
7.
4.
The screen will display the following messages:
“Resetting Unit”
“Load Sys Info”
5.
If communications are successful, the screen will
display, the name of the HEX file on the top line,
“Flash Memory Erased” on the second line, and the
progress percentage on the third line.
NOTE: If communications are not successful, the screen
will display, “Press Any Key to Continue. Cannot Load
Sys Info.” Make sure you have the right address and the
right software version on your SD card. If these two
items are correct and you still experience a problem,
contact Technical Support.
Follow the instructions for WattMaster
E-BUS Modules.
6.
122
The Software Version Screen will appear as shown
below. Enter &lt;0&gt; for the latest software version or enter
the number of an older version if given to you by
Technical Support. Then press &lt;ENTER&gt;.
Software Version
Enter 0 for Latest
0
Esc) Exit Menu
The Update Software Screen will appear as shown
below:
Select Communication
1) WattMaster Comm
2) E-BUS Module
ESC) Exit Menu
Enter the address of the E-BUS module you are updating
and then press &lt;ENTER&gt;. The following is the list of
Module addresses:
WSHP-X2 - address 17
MHGRV-X - address 132
MODGAS-X - address 138
PREHEAT-X - address 157
RSM #1 - address 152
RSM #2 - address 153
RSM #3 - address 154
RSM #4 - address 155
3) Energy Saving
4) Update Software
NEXT) More Options
ESC) Exit Menu
6.
Press &lt;2&gt; to update an E-BUS Module.
The following screen will appear:
When updating is complete, the screen will display,
“Finish Download.”
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Temperature &amp; Humidity Sensor Voltage-Resistance Table
Sensor Checks
The following sensor voltage and resistance tables are provided to aid in checking
sensors that appear to be operating incorrectly. Many system operating problems
can be traced to incorrect sensor wiring. Be sure all sensors are wired per the
wiring diagrams in this manual.
If the sensors still do not appear to be operating or reading correctly, check voltage
and/or resistance to confirm that the sensor is operating correctly per the tables.
Please follow the notes and instructions below each chart when checking sensors.
Temperature – Resistance – Voltage For Type III 10 K Ohm Thermistor Sensors
Temp
(&deg;F)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Temp
(&deg;F)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Temp
(&deg;F)
Resistance
(Ohms)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
-10
93333
4.620
60
14681
3.042
86
8153
2.297
-5
80531
4.550
62
14014
2.985
88
7805
2.242
0
69822
4.474
64
13382
2.927
90
7472
2.187
5
60552
4.390
66
12758
2.867
95
6716
2.055
10
52500
4.297
68
12191
2.810
100
6047
1.927
15
45902
4.200
69
11906
2.780
105
5453
1.805
20
40147
4.095
70
11652
2.752
110
4923
1.687
25
35165
3.982
71
11379
2.722
115
4449
1.575
30
30805
3.862
72
11136
2.695
120
4030
1.469
35
27140
3.737
73
10878
2.665
125
3656
1.369
40
23874
3.605
74
10625
2.635
130
3317
1.274
45
21094
3.470
75
10398
2.607
135
3015
1.185
50
18655
3.330
76
10158
2.577
140
2743
1.101
52
17799
3.275
78
9711
2.520
145
2502
1.024
54
16956
3.217
80
9302
2.465
150
2288
0.952
56
16164
3.160
82
8893
2.407
58
15385
3.100
84
8514
2.352
Thermistor Sensor Testing Instructions
Use the resistance column to check the thermistor sensor while
disconnected from the controllers (not powered). Use the voltage
column to check sensors while connected to powered controllers.
Read voltage with meter set on DC volts.
Place the “-”(minus) lead on GND terminal and the “+”(plus) lead
on the sensor input terminal being investigated.
If the voltage is above 5.08 VDC, then the sensor or wiring is “open.”
If the voltage is less than 0.05 VDC, the sensor or wiring is shorted.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
123
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Temperature &amp; Humidity Sensor Voltage-Resistance Table
OE265-11, 13 &amp; 14 Relative Humidity Transmitters – Humidity vs. Voltage For 0-5 VDC Sensors
Humidity
Percentage
(RH)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Humidity
Percentage
(RH)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Humidity
Percentage
(RH)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Humidity
Percentage
(RH)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
0%
0.00
26%
1.30
52%
2.60
78%
3.90
2%
0.10
28%
1.40
54%
2.70
80%
4.00
4%
0.20
30%
1.50
56%
2.80
82%
4.10
6%
0.30
32%
1.60
58%
2.90
84%
4.20
8%
0.40
34%
1.70
60%
3.00
86%
4.30
10%
0.50
36%
1.80
62%
3.10
88%
4.40
12%
0.60
38%
1.90
64%
3.20
90%
4.50
14%
0.70
40%
2.00
66%
3.30
92%
4.60
16%
0.80
42%
2.10
68%
3.40
94%
4.70
18%
0.90
44%
2.20
70%
3.50
96%
4.80
20%
1.00
46%
2.30
72%
3.60
98%
4.90
22%
1.10
48%
2.40
74%
3.70
100%
5.00
24%
1.20
50%
2.50
76%
3.80
OE265-11, -13, and -14 Relative Humidity Sensor
Testing Instructions:
Use the voltage column to check the Humidity Sensor while connected to a powered expansion board. Read voltage with meter set
on DC volts. Place the “-”(minus) lead on terminal labeled GND
and the “+” lead on terminal AIN4 on the Analog Input/Output
Expansion Board.
124
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
Pressure Sensors Voltage-Resistance Tables
OE271 Duct Static Pressure Sensor
This sensor is used to sense duct static pressure for the Orion system
controllers. The OE271 sensor is a 0-5” W.C. pressure range, 0-5
VDC voltage range sensor. Use the table and testing information
below to check for proper sensor operation.
OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor
This sensor is used to sense building pressure for the Orion system
controllers. The OE258-01 sensor is a -0.25” to +0.25” W.C. pressure range, 0-5 VDC voltage range sensor. Use the table and testing
information below to check for proper sensor operation.
OE271 Duct Static Pressure Sensor
Pressure
@
Sensor
(“ W.C.)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Pressure
@
Sensor
(“ W.C.)
OE258 Building Pressure Sensor
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Pressure
@
Sensor
(“ W.C.)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
Pressure
@
Sensor
(“ W.C.)
Voltage
@
Input
(VDC)
0.00
0.25
2.60
2.33
-0.25
0.00
0.01
2.60
0.10
0.33
2.70
2.41
-0.24
0.10
0.02
2.70
0.20
0.41
2.80
2.49
-0.23
0.20
0.03
2.80
0.30
0.49
2.90
2.57
-0.22
0.30
0.04
2.90
0.40
0.57
3.00
2.65
-0.21
0.40
0.05
3.00
0.50
0.65
3.10
2.73
-0.20
0.50
0.06
3.10
0.60
0.73
3.20
2.81
-0.19
0.60
0.07
3.20
0.70
0.08
3.30
0.70
0.81
3.30
2.89
-0.18
0.80
0.89
3.40
2.97
-0.17
0.80
0.09
3.40
0.90
0.10
3.50
0.90
0.97
3.50
3.05
-0.16
1.00
1.05
3.60
3.13
-0.15
1.00
0.11
3.60
1.10
1.13
3.70
3.21
-0.14
1.10
0.12
3.70
1.20
0.13
3.80
1.20
1.21
3.80
3.29
-0.13
1.30
1.29
3.90
3.37
-0.12
1.30
0.14
3.90
1.40
0.15
4.00
1.40
1.37
4.00
3.45
-0.11
1.50
1.45
4.10
3.53
-0.10
1.50
0.16
4.10
1.60
0.17
4.20
1.60
1.53
4.20
3.61
-0.09
1.70
1.61
4.30
3.69
-0.08
1.70
0.18
4.30
1.80
1.69
4.40
3.77
-0.07
1.80
0.19
4.40
-0.06
1.90
0.20
4.50
-0.05
2.00
0.21
4.60
-0.04
2.10
0.22
4.70
-0.03
2.20
0.23
4.80
-0.02
2.30
0.24
4.90
-0.01
2.40
0.25
5.00
0.00
2.50
1.90
1.77
4.50
3.85
2.00
1.85
4.60
3.93
2.10
1.93
4.70
4.01
2.20
2.01
4.80
4.09
2.30
2.09
4.90
4.17
2.40
2.17
5.00
4.25
2.50
2.25
OE271 Pressure Sensor Testing Instructions
Use the voltage column to check the Duct Static Pressure Sensor
while connected to powered controllers. Read voltage with meter
set on DC volts. Place the “-” (minus) lead on the GND terminal and
the “+” (plus) lead on the 0-5 pin terminal on (TP) with the jumper
removed. Be sure to replace the jumper after checking.
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
OE258-01 Building Pressure Sensor Testing
Instructions
Use the voltage column to check the Building Static Pressure Sensor
while connected to a powered expansion board. Read voltage with
meter set on DC volts. Place the “-”(minus) lead on terminal labeled
GND and the “+” lead on terminal AIN4 on the Analog Input/Output
Expansion Board.
125
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer Testing
See the OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer, Pressure, Temperature, and Voltage Chart for R22 and R410A Refrigerant testing
(Tables 8 and 9). The charts show a temperature range from 20&deg;F
to 80&deg;F. For troubleshooting purposes, the DC Voltage readings are
also listed with their corresponding temperatures and pressures.
Signal
DC Volts
Temperature
&deg;F
Pressure
PSI
Signal
DC Volts
Use the voltage column to check the Suction Pressure Transducer while
connected to the VCM-X Expansion Module. The VCM-X and the
VCM-X Expansion Module must be powered for this test. Read
voltage with a meter set on DC volts. Place the positive lead from
the meter on the PR OUT terminal located on the VCM-X Expansion
Module terminal block. Place the negative lead from the meter on
the ground (GND) terminal located adjacent to the PR OUT terminal
on the VCM-X Expansion Module terminal block. Use a refrigerant
gauge set and/or an accurate electronic thermometer to measure the
temperature or suction line pressure near where the Suction Pressure
Transducer is connected to the suction line. Measure the Voltage at
the terminals PR OUT and GND terminals and compare it to the
appropriate chart depending on the refrigerant you are using. If the
temperature/voltage or pressure/voltage readings do not align closely
with the chart, your Suction Pressure Transducer is probably defective and will need to be replaced.
Pressure
PSI
The Evaporator Coil Temperature is calculated by converting the
Suction Pressure to Temperature. The Suction Pressure is obtained
by using the OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer, which is connected into the Suction Line of the Compressor.
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer
Coil Pressure
– Temperature – Voltage Chart for R410A
Refrigerant
Temperature
&deg;F
OE275-01 Suction Pressure
Transducer Testing for R22 and R410A
Refrigerant
21.19
80.94
1.8
59.03
168.10
3.2
24.49
87.16
1.9
61.17
174.32
3.3
27.80
93.39
2.0
63.19
180.55
3.4
30.99
99.62
2.1
65.21
186.78
3.5
33.89
105.84
2.2
67.23
193.00
3.6
36.80
112.07
2.3
69.24
199.23
3.7
39.71
118.29
2.4
71.15
205.46
3.8
42.30
124.52
2.5
72.95
211.68
3.9
44.85
130.75
2.6
74.76
217.91
4.0
47.39
136.97
2.7
76.57
224.14
4.1
49.94
143.2
2.8
78.37
230.36
4.2
52.23
149.42
2.9
80.18
236.59
4.3
54.50
155.65
3.0
56.76
161.88
3.1
Signal
DC Volts
Pressure
PSI
Temperature
&deg;F
Signal
DC Volts
Pressure
PSI
Temperature
&deg;F
OE275-01 Suction Pressure Transducer
Coil Pressure Temperature – Voltage Chart for R22 Refrigerant
20.00
31.13
1.0
55.32
93.39
20.00
37.36
1.1
58.86
99.62
2.1
20.46
43.58
1.2
62.13
105.84
2.2
25.71
49.80
1.3
65.27
112.07
2.3
30.84
56.03
1.4
68.42
118.29
2.4
35.41
62.26
1.5
71.39
124.52
2.5
39.98
68.49
1.6
75.20
130.75
2.6
44.00
74.71
1.7
77.00
136.97
2.7
48.00
80.94
1.8
79.80
143.20
2.8
51.78
87.16
1.9
80.00
149.42
2.9
126
2.0
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
Miscellaneous Diagrams and Technical Information
VCM-X Component &amp; Systems Wiring
127
Form: OR-VCMXWIRE-TGD-01B
Printed in the USA
June 2015
All rights reserved.
Copyright 2015
WattMaster Controls Inc.  8500 NW River Park Drive  Parkville, MO  64152
Phone: 866-918-1100
www.orioncontrols.com
Fax (816) 505-1101
">

வணக்கம்! Orion VCM-X E-BUS Controller Technical Guide உடன் உங்களுக்கு உதவ சிறப்பாகப் பயிற்றுவிக்கப்பட்ட AI சாட்போட் நான். நான் ஆவணத்தை முழுமையாக மதிப்பாய்வு செய்துள்ளேன், மேலும் உங்களுக்குத் தேவையான சரியான தகவலைக் கண்டறிய அல்லது உள்ளடக்கத்தை தெளிவான மற்றும் எளிமையான சொற்களில் விளக்க உதவ முடியும். குறிப்பிட்ட அம்சங்கள், சரிசெய்தல் படிகள் அல்லது பொதுவான பயன்பாடு குறித்த வழிகாட்டுதலை நீங்கள் தேடுகிறீர்களானால், உங்கள் கேள்விகளைக் கேட்க தயங்கவும். உங்கள் கவலைகள் அல்லது தேவைகள் பற்றி நீங்கள் எவ்வளவு அதிகமாக விவரங்களை வழங்குகிறீர்களோ, அவ்வளவு துல்லியமாகவும் эффективноவும் நான் உங்களுக்கு உதவ முடியும்!

உதவியாளர் தட்டச்சு செய்கிறார்

உதவியாளர் விசைப்பலகையில் இல்லை. தயவுசெய்து, பின்னர் மீண்டும் முயற்சிக்கவும்.

உங்கள் தாய்மொழி அல்லாத ஒன்று உட்பட, பல மொழிகளில் எழுதப்பட்ட ஆவணத்தை நீங்கள் அடைந்துவிட்டீர்கள் போல் தெரிகிறது. நீங்கள் விரும்பும் மொழி இல்லாத பக்கங்களை தற்காலிகமாக மறைக்க பின்வரும் இணைப்புகளைப் பயன்படுத்தலாம்.